summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/45974.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '45974.txt')
-rw-r--r--45974.txt7863
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7863 deletions
diff --git a/45974.txt b/45974.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a2ac83..0000000
--- a/45974.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7863 +0,0 @@
- KEN WARD IN THE JUNGLE
-
-
-
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with almost
-no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
-under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
-eBook or online at http://www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-
-
-Title: Ken Ward in the Jungle
-Author: Zane Grey
-Release Date: June 14, 2014 [EBook #45974]
-Language: English
-Character set encoding: US-ASCII
-
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KEN WARD IN THE JUNGLE ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Al Haines.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: Cover art]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: THE JAGUAR OPENED HIS JAWS THREATENINGLY (see page 182)]
-
-
-
-
- KEN WARD
- IN THE JUNGLE
-
-
- BY
-
- ZANE GREY
-
- AUTHOR OF
- THE YOUNG FORESTER,
- THE YOUNG PITCHER,
- THE YOUNG LION HUNTER,
- THE U. P. TRAIL, ETC.
-
-
-
- ILLUSTRATED
-
-
-
- NEW YORK
- GROSSET & DUNLAP
- PUBLISHERS
-
- Published by Arrangement with Harper & Brothers
- Made in the United States of America
-
-
-
-
- COPYRIGHT, 1912, BY HARPER & BROTHERS
-
- PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
-
-
-
-
- *CONTENTS*
-
-CHAP.
-
- I. The Prize
- II. The Home of the Tarpon
- III. An Indian Boatman
- IV. At the Jungle River
- V. The First Camp
- VI. Wilderness Life
- VII. Running the Rapids
- VIII. The First Tiger-cat
- IX. In the White Water
- X. Lost!
- XI. An Army of Snakes
- XII. Catching Strange Fish
- XIII. A Turkey-Hunt
- XIV. A Fight with a Jaguar
- XV. The Vicious Garrapatoes
- XVI. Field Work of a Naturalist
- XVII. A Mixed-up Tiger-hunt
- XVIII. Watching a Runway
- XIX. Adventures with Crocodiles
- XX. Treed by Wild Pigs
- XXI. The Leaping Tarpon
- XXII. Stricken Down
- XXIII. Out of the Jungle
-
-
-
-
- *KEN WARD IN THE JUNGLE*
-
-
-
- *I*
-
- *THE PRIZE*
-
-
-"What a change from the Arizona desert!"
-
-The words broke from the lips of Ken Ward as he leaned from the window
-of the train which was bearing his brother and himself over the plateau
-to Tampico in Tamaulipas, the southeastern state of Mexico. He had
-caught sight of a river leaping out between heavily wooded slopes and
-plunging down in the most beautiful waterfall he had ever seen.
-
-"Look, Hal," he cried.
-
-The first fall was a long white streak, ending in a dark pool; below
-came cascade after cascade, fall after fall, some wide, others narrow,
-and all white and green against the yellow rock. Then the train curved
-round a spur of the mountain, descended to a level, to be lost in a
-luxuriance of jungle growth.
-
-It was indeed a change for Ken Ward, young forester, pitcher of the
-varsity nine at school, and hunter of lions in the Arizona canons. Here
-he was entering the jungle of the tropics. The rifles and the camp
-outfit on the seat beside his brother Hal and himself spoke of coming
-adventures. Before them lay an unknown wilderness--the semi-tropical
-jungle. And the future was to show that the mystery of the jungle was
-stranger even than their imaginings.
-
-It was not love of adventure alone or interest in the strange new forest
-growths that had drawn Ken to the jungle. His uncle, the one who had
-gotten Ken letters from the Forestry Department at Washington, had been
-proud of Ken's Arizona achievements. This uncle was a member of the
-American Geographical Society and a fellow of the New York Museum of
-Natural History. He wanted Ken to try his hand at field work in the
-jungle of Mexico, and if that was successful, then to explore the ruined
-cities of wild Yucatan. If Ken made good as an explorer his reward was
-to be a trip to Equatorial Africa after big game. And of course that
-trip meant opportunity to see England and France, and, what meant more
-to Ken, a chance to see the great forests of Germany, where forestry had
-been carried on for three hundred years.
-
-In spite of the fact that the inducement was irresistible, and that
-Ken's father was as proud and eager as Ken's uncle to have him make a
-name for himself, and that Hal would be allowed to go with him, Ken had
-hesitated. There was the responsibility for Hal and the absolute
-certainty that Hal could not keep out of mischief. Still Ken simply
-could not have gone to Mexico leaving his brother at home
-broken-hearted.
-
-At last the thing had been decided. It was Hal's ambition to be a
-naturalist and to collect specimens, and the uncle had held out possible
-recognition from the Smithsonian Institution at Washington. Perhaps he
-might find a new variety of some animal to which the scientists would
-attach his name. Then the lad was passionately eager to see Ken win
-that trip to Africa. There had been much study of maps and books of
-travel, science, and natural history. There had been the most careful
-instruction and equipment for semi-tropical camp life. The uncle had
-given Ken valuable lessons in map-drawing, in estimating distance and
-topography, and he had indicated any one of several rivers in the jungle
-belt of Mexico. Traversing one hundred miles of unknown jungle river,
-with intelligent observation and accurate reports, would win the prize
-for Ken Ward. Now the race was on. Would Ken win?
-
-Presently the train crossed a bridge. Ken Ward had a brief glance at
-clear green water, at great cypress-trees, gray and graceful with long,
-silvery, waving moss, and at the tangled, colorful banks. A water-fowl
-black as coal, with white-crested wings, skimmed the water in swift wild
-flight, to disappear up the shady river-lane. Then the train clattered
-on, and, a mile or more beyond the bridge, stopped at a station called
-Valles. In the distance could be seen the thatched palm-leaf huts and
-red-tiled roofs of a hamlet.
-
-The boys got out to stretch their legs. The warm, sweet, balmy air was
-a new and novel thing to them. They strolled up and down the gravel
-walk, watching the natives. Hal said he rather liked the looks of their
-brown bare feet and the thin cotton trousers and shirts, but he fancied
-the enormous sombreros were too heavy and unwieldy. Ken spoke to
-several pleasant-faced Mexicans, each of whom replied: "No sabe, Senor."
-
-The ticket agent at the station was an American, and from the way he
-smiled and spoke Ken knew he was more than glad to see one of his own
-kind. So, after Ken had replied to many questions about the States, he
-began to ask some of his own.
-
-"What's the name of the waterfall we passed?"
-
-"Micas Falls," replied the agent.
-
-"And the river?"
-
-"It's called the Santa Rosa."
-
-"Where does it go?"
-
-The agent did not know, except that it disappeared in the jungle.
-Southward the country was wild. The villages were few and all along the
-railroad; and at Valles the river swung away to the southwest.
-
-"But it must flow into the Panuco River," said Ken. He had studied maps
-of Mexico and had learned all that it was possible to learn before he
-undertook the journey.
-
-"Why, yes, it must find the Panuco somewhere down over the mountain,"
-answered the agent.
-
-"Then there are rapids in this little river?" asked Ken, in growing
-interest.
-
-"Well, I guess. It's all rapids."
-
-"How far to Tampico by rail?" went on Ken.
-
-"Something over a hundred miles."
-
-"Any game in the jungle hereabouts--or along the Santa Rosa?" continued
-Ken.
-
-The man laughed, and laughed in such a way that Ken did not need his
-assertion that it was not safe to go into the jungle.
-
-Whereupon Ken Ward became so thoughtful that he did not hear the talk
-that followed between the agent and Hal. The engine bell roused him
-into action, and with Hal he hurried back to their seats. And then the
-train sped on. But the beauty of Micas Falls and the wildness of the
-Santa Rosa remained with Ken. Where did that river go? How many
-waterfalls and rapids did it have? What teeming life must be along its
-rich banks! It haunted Ken. He wanted to learn the mystery of the
-jungle. There was the same longing which had gotten him into the wild
-adventures in Penetier Forest and the Grand Canon country of Arizona.
-And all at once flashed over him the thought that here was the jungle
-river for him to explore.
-
-"Why, that's the very thing," he said, thinking aloud.
-
-"What's wrong with you," asked Hal, "talking to yourself that way?"
-
-Ken did not explain. The train clattered between green walls of jungle,
-and occasionally stopped at a station. But the thought of the jungle
-haunted him until the train arrived at Tampico.
-
-Ken had the name of an American hotel, and that was all he knew about
-Tampico. The station was crowded with natives. Man after man accosted
-the boys, jabbering excitedly in Mexican. Some of these showed brass
-badges bearing a number and the word _Cargodore_.
-
-"Hal, I believe these fellows are porters or baggage-men," said Ken.
-And he showed his trunk check to one of them. The fellow jerked it out
-of Ken's hand and ran off. The boys ran after him. They were relieved
-to see him enter a shed full of baggage. And they were amazed to see
-him kneel down and take their trunk on his back. It was a big trunk and
-heavy. The man was small and light.
-
-"It 'll smash him!" cried Hal.
-
-But the little _cargodore_ walked off with the trunk on his back. Then
-Ken and Hal saw other _cargodores_ packing trunks. The boys kept close
-to their man and used their eyes with exceeding interest. The sun was
-setting, and the square, colored buildings looked as if they were in a
-picture of Spain.
-
-"Look at the boats--canoes!" cried Hal, as they crossed a canal.
-
-Ken saw long narrow canoes that had been hollowed out from straight
-tree-trunks. They were of every size, and some of the paddles were
-enormous. Crowds of natives were jabbering and jostling each other at a
-rude wharf.
-
-"Look back," called Hal, who seemed to have a hundred eyes.
-
-Ken saw a wide, beautiful river, shining red in the sunset. Palm-trees
-on the distant shore showed black against the horizon.
-
-"Hal, that's the Panuco. What a river!"
-
-"Makes the Susquehanna look like a creek," was Hal's comment.
-
-The _cargodore_ led the boys through a plaza, down a narrow street to
-the hotel. Here they were made to feel at home. The proprietor was a
-kindly American. The hotel was crowded, and many of the guests were
-Englishmen there for the tarpon-fishing, with sportsmen from the States,
-and settlers coming in to take up new lands. It was pleasant for Ken
-and Hal to hear their own language once more. After dinner they sallied
-forth to see the town. But the narrow dark streets and the blanketed
-natives stealing silently along were not particularly inviting. The
-boys got no farther than the plaza, where they sat down on a bench. It
-was wholly different from any American town. Ken suspected that Hal was
-getting homesick, for the boy was quiet and inactive.
-
-"I don't like this place," said Hal. "What 'd you ever want to drag me
-way down here for?"
-
-"Humph! drag you? Say, you pestered the life out of me, and bothered
-Dad till he was mad, and worried mother sick to let you come on this
-trip."
-
-Hal hung his head.
-
-"Now, you're not going to show a streak of yellow?" asked Ken. He knew
-how to stir his brother.
-
-Hal rose to the attack and scornfully repudiated the insinuation. Ken
-replied that they were in a new country and must not reach conclusions
-too hastily.
-
-"I liked it back up there at the little village where we saw the green
-river and the big trees with the gray streamers on them," said Hal.
-
-"Well, I liked that myself," rejoined Ken. "I'd like to go back there
-and put a boat in the river and come all the way here."
-
-Ken had almost unconsciously expressed the thought that had been forming
-in his mind. Hal turned slowly and looked at his brother.
-
-"Ken, that 'd be great--that's what we came for!"
-
-"I should say so," replied Ken.
-
-"Well?" asked Hal, simply.
-
-That question annoyed Ken. Had he not come south to go into the jungle?
-Had he come with any intention of shirking the danger of a wild trip?
-There was a subtle flattery in Hal's question.
-
-"That Santa Rosa River runs through the jungle," went on Hal. "It flows
-into the Panuco somewhere. You know we figured out on the map that the
-Panuco's the only big river in this jungle. That's all we want to know.
-And, Ken, you know you're a born boatman. Why, look at the rapids we've
-shot on the Susquehanna. Remember that trip we came down the Juniata?
-The water was high, too. Ken, you can take a boat down that Santa
-Rosa!"
-
-"By George! I believe I can," exclaimed Ken, and he thrilled at the
-thought.
-
-"Ken, let's go. You'll win the prize, and I'll get specimens. Think
-what we'd have to tell Jim Williams and Dick Leslie when we go West next
-summer!"
-
-"Oh, Hal, I know--but this idea of a trip seems too wild."
-
-"Maybe it wouldn't be so wild."
-
-In all fairness Ken could not deny this, so he kept silent.
-
-"Ken, listen," went on Hal, and now he was quite cool. "If we'd
-promised the Governor not to take a wild trip I wouldn't say another
-word. But we're absolutely free."
-
-"That's why we ought to be more careful. Dad trusts me."
-
-"He trusts you because he knows you can take care of yourself, and me,
-too. You're a wonder, Ken. Why, if you once made up your mind, you'd
-make that Santa Rosa River look like a canal."
-
-Ken began to fear that he would not be proof against the haunting call
-of that jungle river and the flattering persuasion of his brother and
-the ever-present ambition to show his uncle what he could do.
-
-"Hal, if I didn't have you with me I'd already have made up my mind to
-tackle this river."
-
-That appeared to insult Hal.
-
-"All I've got to say is I'd be a help to you--not a drag," he said, with
-some warmth.
-
-"You're always a help, Hal. I can't say anything against your
-willingness. But you know your weakness. By George! you made trouble
-enough for me in Arizona. On a trip such as this you'd drive me crazy."
-
-"Ken, I won't make any rash promises. I don't want to queer myself with
-you. But I'm all right."
-
-"Look here, Hal; let's wait. We've only got to Tampico. Maybe such a
-trip is impracticable--impossible. Let's find out more about the
-country."
-
-Hal appeared to take this in good spirit. The boys returned to the hotel
-and went to bed. Hal promptly fell asleep. But Ken Ward lay awake a
-long time thinking of the green Santa Rosa, with its magnificent
-moss-festooned cypresses. And when he did go to sleep it was to dream
-of the beautiful waterfowl with the white-crested wings, and he was
-following it on its wild flight down the dark, mysterious river-trail
-into the jungle.
-
-
-
-
- *II*
-
- *THE HOME OF THE TARPON*
-
-
-Hal's homesickness might never have been in evidence at all, to judge
-from the way the boy, awakening at dawn, began to talk about the Santa
-Rosa trip.
-
-"Well," said Ken, as he rolled out of bed, "I guess we're in for it."
-
-"Ken, will we go?" asked Hal, eagerly.
-
-"I'm on the fence."
-
-"But you're leaning on the jungle side?"
-
-"Yes, kid--I'm slipping."
-
-Hal opened his lips to let out a regular Hiram Bent yell, when Ken
-clapped a hand over his mouth.
-
-"Hold on--we're in the hotel yet."
-
-It took the brothers long to dress, because they could not keep away
-from the window. The sun was rising in rosy glory over misty lagoons.
-Clouds of creamy mist rolled above the broad Panuco. Wild ducks were
-flying low. The tiled roofs of the stone houses gleamed brightly, and
-the palm-trees glistened with dew. The soft breeze that blew in was
-warm, sweet, and fragrant.
-
-After breakfast the boys went out to the front and found the hotel lobby
-full of fishermen and their native boatmen. It was an interesting
-sight, as well as a surprise, for Ken and Hal did not know that Tampico
-was as famous for fishing as it was for hunting. The huge rods and
-reels amazed them.
-
-"What kind of fish do these fellows fish for?" asked Hal.
-
-Ken was well enough acquainted with sport to know something about
-tarpon, but he had never seen one of the great silver fish. And he was
-speechless when Hal led him into a room upon the walls of which were
-mounted specimens of tarpon from six to seven feet in length and half as
-wide as a door.
-
-"Say, Ken! We've come to the right place. Those fishermen are all
-going out to fish for such whales as these here."
-
-"Hal, we never saw a big fish before," said Ken. "And before we leave
-Tampico we'll know what it means to hook tarpon."
-
-"I'm with you," replied Hal, gazing doubtfully and wonderingly at a fish
-almost twice as big as himself.
-
-Then Ken, being a practical student of fishing, as of other kinds of
-sport, began to stroll round the lobby with an intent to learn. He
-closely scrutinized the tackle. And he found that the bait used was a
-white mullet six to ten inches long, a little fish which resembled the
-chub. Ken did not like the long, cruel gaff which seemed a necessary
-adjunct to each outfit of tackle, and he vowed that in his fishing for
-tarpon he would dispense with it.
-
-Ken was not backward about asking questions, and he learned that
-Tampico, during the winter months, was a rendezvous for sportsmen from
-all over the world. For the most part, they came to catch the leaping
-tarpon; the shooting along the Panuco, however, was as well worth while
-as the fishing. But Ken could not learn anything about the Santa Rosa
-River. The _tierra caliente_, or hot belt, along the curve of the Gulf
-was intersected by small streams, many of them unknown and unnamed. The
-Panuco swung round to the west and had its source somewhere up in the
-mountains. Ken decided that the Santa Rosa was one of its headwaters.
-Valles lay up on the first swell of higher ground, and was distant from
-Tampico some six hours by train. So, reckoning with the meandering
-course of jungle streams, Ken calculated he would have something like
-one hundred and seventy-five miles to travel by water from Valles to
-Tampico. There were Indian huts strung along the Panuco River, and fifty
-miles inland a village named Panuco. What lay between Panuco and
-Valles, up over the wild steppes of that jungle, Ken Ward could only
-conjecture.
-
-Presently he came upon Hal in conversation with an American boy, who at
-once volunteered to show them around. So they set out, and were soon
-becoming well acquainted. Their guide said he was from Kansas; had been
-working in the railroad offices for two years; and was now taking a
-vacation. His name was George Alling. Under his guidance the boys spent
-several interesting hours going about the city. During this walk Hal
-showed his first tendency to revert to his natural bent of mind. Not
-for long could Hal Ward exist without making trouble for something. In
-this case it was buzzards, of which the streets of Tampico were full.
-In fact, George explained, the buzzards were the only street-cleaning
-department in the town. They were as tame as tame turkeys, and Hal
-could not resist the desire to chase them. And he could be made to stop
-only after a white-helmeted officer had threatened him. George
-explained further that although Tampico had no game-laws it protected
-these buzzard-scavengers of the streets.
-
-The market-house at the canal wharf was one place where Ken thought Hal
-would forget himself in the bustle and din and color. All was so strange
-and new. Indeed, for a time Hal appeared to be absorbed in his
-surroundings, but when he came to a stall where a man had parrots and
-racoons and small deer, and three little yellow, black-spotted
-tiger-cats, as George called them, then once more Ken had to take Hal in
-tow. Outside along the wharf were moored a hundred or more canoes of
-manifold variety. All had been hewn from solid tree-trunks. Some were
-long, slender, graceful, pretty to look at, and easy to handle in
-shallow lagoons, but Ken thought them too heavy and cumbersome for fast
-water. Happening just then to remember Micas Falls, Ken had a momentary
-chill and a check to his enthusiasm for the jungle trip. What if he
-encountered, in coming down the Santa Rosa, some such series of cascades
-as those which made Micas Falls!
-
-It was about noon when George led the boys out to the banks of the broad
-Panuco. Both Hal and Ken were suffering from the heat. They had removed
-their coats, and were now very glad to rest in the shade.
-
-"This is a nice cool day," said George, and he looked cool.
-
-"We've got on our heavy clothes, and this tropic sun is new to us,"
-replied Ken. "Say, Hal--"
-
-A crash in the water near the shore interrupted Ken.
-
-"Was that a rhinoceros?" inquired Hal.
-
-"Savalo," said George.
-
-"What's that?"
-
-"Silver king. A tarpon. Look around and you'll see one break water.
-There are some fishermen trolling down-stream. Watch. Maybe one will
-hook a fish presently. Then you'll see some jumping."
-
-It was cool in the shade, as the brothers soon discovered, and they
-spent a delightful hour watching the river and the wild fowl and the
-tarpon. Ken and Hal were always lucky. Things happened for their
-benefit and pleasure. Not only did they see many tarpon swirl like bars
-of silver on the water, but a fisherman hooked one of the great fish not
-fifty yards from where the boys sat. And they held their breath, and
-with starting eyes watched the marvelous leaps and dashes of the tarpon
-till, as he shot up in a last mighty effort, wagging his head, slapping
-his huge gills, and flinging the hook like a bullet, he plunged back
-free.
-
-"Nine out of ten get away," remarked George.
-
-"Did you ever catch one?" asked Hal.
-
-"Sure."
-
-"Hal, I've got to have some of this fishing," said Ken. "But if we
-start at it now--would we ever get that jungle trip?"
-
-"Oh, Ken, you've made up your mind to go!" exclaimed Hal, in glee.
-
-"No, I haven't," protested Ken.
-
-"Yes, you have," declared Hal. "I know you." And the whoop that he had
-suppressed in the hotel he now let out with good measure.
-
-Naturally George was interested, and at his inquiry Ken told him the
-idea for the Santa Rosa trip.
-
-"Take me along," said George. There was a note of American spirit in
-his voice, a laugh on his lips, and a flash in his eyes that made Ken
-look at him attentively. He was a slim youth, not much Hal's senior,
-and Ken thought if ever a boy had been fashioned to be a boon comrade of
-Hal Ward this George Alling was the boy.
-
-"What do you think of the trip?" inquired Ken, curiously.
-
-"Fine. We'll have some fun. We'll get a boat and a mozo--"
-
-"What's a mozo?"
-
-"A native boatman."
-
-"That's a good idea. I hadn't thought of a boatman to help row. But
-the boat is the particular thing. I wouldn't risk a trip in one of
-those canoes."
-
-"Come on, I'll find a boat," said George.
-
-And before he knew it George and Hal were leading him back from the
-river. George led him down narrow lanes, between painted stone houses
-and iron-barred windows, till they reached the canal. They entered a
-yard where buzzards, goats, and razor-back pigs were contesting over the
-scavenger rights. George went into a boat-house and pointed out a long,
-light, wide skiff with a flat bottom. Ken did not need George's praise,
-or the shining light in Hal's eyes, or the boat-keeper's importunities
-to make him eager to try this particular boat. Ken Ward knew a boat
-when he saw one. He jumped in, shoved it out, rowed up the canal,
-pulled and turned, backed water, and tried every stroke he knew. Then
-he rested on the oars and whistled. Hal's shout of delight made him
-stop whistling. Those two boys would have him started on the trip if he
-did not look sharp.
-
-"It's a dandy boat," said Ken.
-
-"Only a peso a day, Ken," went on Hal. "One dollar Mex--fifty cents in
-our money. Quick, Ken, hire it before somebody else gets it."
-
-"Sure I'll hire the boat," replied Ken; "but Hal, it's not for that
-Santa Rosa trip. We'll have to forget that."
-
-"Forget your grandmother!" cried Hal. And then it was plain that he
-tried valiantly to control himself, to hide his joy, to pretend to agree
-with Ken's ultimatum.
-
-Ken had a feeling that his brother knew him perfectly, and he was
-divided between anger and amusement. They returned to the hotel and
-lounged in the lobby. The proprietor was talking with some Americans,
-and as he now appeared to be at leisure he introduced the brothers and
-made himself agreeable. Moreover, he knew George Alling well. They
-began to chat, and Ken was considerably annoyed to hear George calmly
-state that he and his new-found friends intended to send a boat up to
-Valles and come down an unknown jungle river.
-
-The proprietor laughed, and, though the laugh was not unpleasant,
-somehow it nettled Ken Ward.
-
-"Why not go?" he asked, quietly, and he looked at the hotel man.
-
-"My boy, you can't undertake any trip like that."
-
-"Why not?" persisted Ken. "Is there any law here to prevent our going
-into the jungle?"
-
-"There's no law. No one could stop you. But, my lad, what's the sense
-of taking such a fool trip? The river here is full of tarpon right now.
-There are millions of ducks and geese on the lagoons. You can shoot
-deer and wild turkey right on the edge of town. If you want tiger and
-javelin, go out to one of the ranches where they have dogs to hunt with,
-where you'll have a chance for your life. These tigers and boars will
-kill a man. There's all the sport any one wants right close to Tampico."
-
-"I don't see how all that makes a reason why we shouldn't come down the
-Santa Rosa," replied Ken. "We want to explore--map the river."
-
-The hotel man seemed nettled in return.
-
-"You're only kids. It 'd be crazy to start out on that wild trip."
-
-It was on Ken's lips to mention a few of the adventures which he
-believed justly gave him a right to have pride and confidence in his
-ability. But he forbore.
-
-"It's a fool trip," continued the proprietor. "You don't know this
-river. You don't know where you'll come out. It's wild up in that
-jungle. I've hunted up at Valles, and no native I ever met would go a
-mile from the village. If you take a mozo he'll get soaked with canya.
-He'll stick a knife in you or run off and leave you when you most need
-help. Nobody ever explored that river. It 'll likely be full of
-swamps, sandbars, bogs. You'd get fever. Then the crocodiles, the
-boars, the bats, the snakes, the tigers! Why, if you could face these
-you'd still have the ticks--the worst of all. The ticks would drive men
-crazy, let alone boys. It's no undertaking for a boy."
-
-The mention of all these dangers would have tipped the balance for Ken
-in favor of the Santa Rosa trip, even if the hint of his callowness had
-not roused his spirit.
-
-"Thank you. I'm sure you mean kindly," said Ken. "But I'm going to
-Valles and I'll come down that jungle river."
-
-
-
-
- *III*
-
- *AN INDIAN BOATMAN*
-
-
-The moment the decision was made Ken felt both sorry and glad. He got
-the excited boys outside away from the critical and anxious proprietor.
-And Ken decided it was incumbent upon him to adopt a serious and
-responsible manner, which he was far from feeling. So he tried to be as
-cool as Hiram Bent, with a fatherly interest in the two wild boys who
-were to accompany him down the Santa Rosa.
-
-"Now, George, steer us around till we find a mozo," said Ken. "Then
-we'll buy an outfit and get started on this trip before you can say Jack
-Robinson."
-
-All the mozos the boys interviewed were eager to get work; however, when
-made acquainted with the nature of the trip they refused point blank.
-
-"Tigre!" exclaimed one.
-
-"Javelin!" exclaimed another.
-
-The big spotted jaguar of the jungle and the wild boar, or peccary, were
-held in much dread by the natives.
-
-"These natives will climb a tree at sight of a tiger or pig," said
-George. "For my part I'm afraid of the garrapatoes and the pinilius."
-
-"What 're they?" asked Hal.
-
-"Ticks--jungle ticks. Just wait till you make their acquaintance."
-
-Finally the boys met a _mozo_ named Pepe, who had often rowed a boat for
-George. Pepe looked sadly in need of a job; still he did not ask for it.
-George said that Pepe had been one of the best boatmen on the river
-until _canya_, the fiery white liquor to which the natives were
-addicted, had ruined his reputation. Pepe wore an old sombrero, a
-cotton, shirt and sash, and ragged trousers. He was barefooted. Ken
-noted the set of his muscular neck, his brawny shoulders and arms, and
-appreciated the years of rowing that had developed them. But Pepe's
-haggard face, deadened eyes, and listless manner gave Ken pause. Still,
-Ken reflected, there was never any telling what a man might do, if
-approached right. Pepe's dejection excited Ken's sympathy. So Ken
-clapped him on the shoulder, and, with George acting as interpreter,
-offered Pepe work for several weeks at three pesos a day. That was more
-than treble the _mozo's_ wage. Pepe nearly fell off the canal bridge,
-where he was sitting, and a light as warm and bright as sunshine flashed
-into his face.
-
-"Si, Senor--Si, Senor," he began to jabber, and waved his brown hands.
-
-Ken suspected that Pepe needed a job and a little kind treatment. He
-was sure of it when George said Pepe's wife and children were in want.
-Somehow Ken conceived a liking for Pepe, and believed he could trust
-him. He thought he knew how to deal with poor Pepe. So he gave him
-money, told him to get a change of clothes and a pair of shoes, and come
-to the hotel next day.
-
-"He'll spend the money for canya, and not show up to-morrow," said
-George.
-
-"I don't know anything about your natives, but that fellow will come,"
-declared Ken.
-
-It appeared that the whole American colony in Tampico had been
-acquainted with Ken Ward's project, and made a business to waylay the
-boys at each corner. They called the trip a wild-goose chase. They
-declared it was a dime-novel idea, and could hardly take Ken seriously.
-They mingled astonishment with amusement and concern. They advised Ken
-not to go, and declared they would not let him go. Over and over again
-the boys were assured of the peril from ticks, bats, boars, crocodiles,
-snakes, tigers, and fevers.
-
-"That's what I'm taking the trip for," snapped Ken, driven to
-desperation by all this nagging.
-
-"Well, young man, I admire your nerve," concluded the hotel man. "If
-you're determined to go, we can't stop you. And there's some things we
-would like you to find out for us. How far do tarpon run up the Panuco
-River? Do they spawn up there? How big are the new-born fish? I'll
-furnish you with tackle and preserved mullet, for bait. We've always
-wondered about how far tarpon go up into fresh water. Keep your eye
-open for signs of oil. Also look at the timber. And be sure to make a
-map of the river."
-
-When it came to getting the boat shipped the boys met with more
-obstacles. But for the friendly offices of a Texan, an employee of the
-railroad, they would never have been able to convince the native
-shipping agent that a boat was merchandise. The Texan arranged the
-matter and got Ken a freight bill. He took an entirely different view
-of Ken's enterprise, compared with that of other Americans, and in a
-cool, drawling voice, which somehow reminded Ken of Jim Williams, he
-said:
-
-"Shore you-all will have the time of your lives. I worked at Valles for
-a year. That jungle is full of game. I killed three big tigers.
-You-all want to look out for those big yellow devils. One in every
-three will jump for a man. There's nothing but shoot, then. And the
-wild pigs are bad. They put me up a tree more than once. I don't know
-much about the Santa Rosa. Its source is above Micas Falls. Never heard
-where it goes. I know it's full of crocodiles and rapids. Never saw a
-boat or a canoe at Valles. And say--there are big black snakes in the
-jungle. Look out for them, too. Shore you-all have sport a-comin'."
-
-Ken thanked the Texan, and as he went on up-street, for all his sober
-thoughtfulness, he was as eager as Hal or George. However, his position
-as their guardian would not permit any show of extravagant enthusiasm.
-
-Ken bought blankets, cooking utensils, and supplies for three weeks.
-There was not such a thing as a tent in Tampico. The best the boys
-could get for a shelter was a long strip of canvas nine feet wide.
-
-"That 'll keep off the wet," said Ken, "but it won't keep out the
-mosquitoes and things."
-
-"Couldn't keep 'em out if we had six tents," replied George.
-
-The remainder of that day the boys were busy packing the outfit.
-
-Pepe presented himself at the hotel next morning an entirely different
-person. He was clean-shaven, and no longer disheveled. He wore a new
-sombrero, a white cotton shirt, a red sash, and blue trousers. He
-earned a small bundle, a pair of shoes, and a long _machete_. The
-dignity with which he approached before all the other _mozos_ was not
-lost upon Ken Ward. A sharp scrutiny satisfied him that Pepe had not
-been drinking. Ken gave him several errands to do. Then he ordered the
-outfit taken to the station in Pepe's charge.
-
-The boys went down early in the afternoon. It was the time when the
-_mozos_ were returning from the day's tarpon-fishing on the river, and
-they, with the _cargodores_, streamed to and fro on the platform. Pepe
-was there standing guard over Ken's outfit. He had lost his fame among
-his old associates, and for long had been an outsider. Here he was in
-charge of a pile of fine guns, fishing-tackle, baggage, and supplies--a
-collection representing a fortune to him and his simple class. He had
-been trusted with it. It was under his eye. All his old associates
-passed by to see him there. That was a great time for Pepe. He looked
-bright, alert, and supremely happy. It would have fared ill with
-thieves or loafers who would have made themselves free with any of the
-articles under his watchful eye.
-
-The train pulled out of Tampico at five o'clock, and Hal's "We're off!"
-was expressive.
-
-The railroad lay along the river-bank, and the broad Panuco was rippling
-with the incoming tide. If Ken and Hal had not already found George to
-be invaluable as a companion in this strange country they would have
-discovered it then. For George could translate Pepe's talk, and explain
-much that otherwise would have been dark to the brothers. Wild ducks
-dotted the green surface, and spurts showed where playful _ravalo_ were
-breaking water. Great green-backed tarpon rolled their silver sides
-against the little waves. White cranes and blue herons stood like
-statues upon the reedy bars. Low down over the opposite bank of the
-river a long line of wild geese winged its way toward a shimmering
-lagoon. And against the gold and crimson of the sunset sky a flight of
-wild fowl stood out in bold black relief. The train crossed the Tamesi
-River and began to draw away from the Panuco. On the right, wide
-marshes, gleaming purple in the darkening light, led the eye far beyond
-to endless pale lagoons. Birds of many kinds skimmed the weedy flats.
-George pointed out a flock of aigrets, the beautiful wild fowl with the
-priceless plumes. Then there was a string of pink flamingoes, tall,
-grotesque, wading along with waddling stride, feeding with heads under
-water.
-
-"Great!" exclaimed Ken Ward.
-
-"It's all so different from Arizona," said Hal.
-
-At Tamos, twelve miles out of Tampico, the train entered the jungle.
-Thereafter the boys could see nothing but the impenetrable green walls
-that lined the track. At dusk the train reached a station called Las
-Palmas, and then began to ascend the first step of the mountain. The
-ascent was steep, and, when it was accomplished, Ken looked down and
-decided that step of the mountain was between two and three thousand
-feet high. The moon was in its first quarter, and Ken, studying this
-tropical moon, found it large, radiant, and a wonderful green-gold. It
-shed a soft luminous glow down upon the sleeping, tangled web of jungle.
-It was new and strange to Ken, so vastly different from barren desert or
-iron-ribbed canon, and it thrilled him with nameless charm.
-
-The train once more entered jungle walls, and as the boys could not see
-anything out of the windows they lay back in their seats and waited for
-the ride to end. They were due at Valles at ten o'clock, and the
-impatient Hal complained that they would never get there. At length a
-sharp whistle from the engine caused Pepe to turn to the boys with a
-smile.
-
-"Valles," he said.
-
-With rattle and clank the train came to a halt. Ken sent George and
-Pepe out, and he and Hal hurriedly handed the luggage through the open
-window. When the last piece had been passed into Pepe's big hands the
-boys made a rush for the door, and jumped off as the train started.
-
-"Say, but it's dark," said Hal.
-
-As the train with its lights passed out of sight Ken found himself in
-what seemed a pitchy blackness. He could not see the boys. And he felt
-a little cold sinking of his heart at the thought of such black nights
-on an unknown jungle river.
-
-IV
-
-AT THE JUNGLE RIVER
-
-Presently, as Ken's eyes became accustomed to the change, the darkness
-gave place to pale moonlight. A crowd of chattering natives, with wide
-sombreros on their heads and blankets over their shoulders, moved round
-the little stone station. Visitors were rare in Valles, as was
-manifested by the curiosity aroused by the boys and the pile of luggage.
-
-"Ask Pepe to find some kind of lodging for the night," said Ken to
-George.
-
-Pepe began to question the natives, and soon was lost in the crowd.
-Awhile after, as Ken was making up his mind they might have to camp on
-the station platform, a queer low 'bus drawn by six little mules creaked
-up. Pepe jumped off the seat beside the driver, and began to stow the
-luggage away in the 'bus. Then the boys piled in behind, and were soon
-bowling along a white moonlit road. The soft voices of natives greeted
-their passing.
-
-Valles appeared to be about a mile from the station, and as they entered
-the village Ken made out rows of thatched huts, and here and there a
-more pretentious habitation of stone. At length the driver halted
-before a rambling house, partly stone and partly thatch. There were no
-lights; in fact, Ken did not see a light in the village. George told
-the boys to take what luggage each could carry and follow the guide.
-Inside the house it was as dark as a dungeon. The boys bumped into
-things and fell over each other trying to keep close to the barefooted
-and mysterious guide. Finally they climbed to a kind of loft, where the
-moonlight streamed in at the open sides.
-
-"What do you think of this?" panted Hal, who had struggled with a heavy
-load of luggage. Pepe and the guide went down to fetch up the remainder
-of the outfit. Ken thought it best to stand still until he knew just
-where he was. But Hal and George began moving about in the loft. It
-was very large and gloomy, and seemed open, yet full of objects. Hal
-jostled into something which creaked and fell with a crash. Then
-followed a yell, a jabbering of a frightened native, and a scuffling
-about.
-
-"Hal, what 'd you do?" called Ken, severely.
-
-"You can search me," replied Hal Ward. "One thing--I busted my shin."
-
-"He knocked over a bed with some one sleeping in it," said George.
-
-Pepe arrived in the loft then and soon soothed the injured feelings of
-the native who had been so rudely disturbed. He then led the boys to
-their cots, which were no more than heavy strips of canvas stretched
-over tall frameworks. They appeared to be enormously high for beds.
-Ken's was as high as his head, and Ken was tall for his age.
-
-"Say, I'll never get up into this thing," burst out Hal. "These people
-must be afraid to sleep near the floor. George, why are these cots so
-high?"
-
-"I reckon to keep the pigs and dogs and all that from sleeping with the
-natives," answered George. "Besides, the higher you sleep in Mexico the
-farther you get from creeping, crawling things."
-
-Ken had been of half a mind to sleep on the floor, but George's remark
-had persuaded him to risk the lofty cot. It was most awkward to climb
-into. Ken tried several times without success, and once he just escaped
-a fall. By dint of muscle and a good vault he finally landed in the
-center of his canvas. From there he listened to his more
-
-
-
-
- *IV*
-
- *AT THE JUNGLE RIVER*
-
-
-Presently, as Ken's eyes became accustomed to the change, the darkness
-gave place to pale moonlight. A crowd of chattering natives, with wide
-sombreros on their heads and blankets over their shoulders, moved round
-the little stone station. Visitors were rare in Valles, as was
-manifested by the curiosity aroused by the boys and the pile of luggage.
-
-"Ask Pepe to find some kind of lodging for the night," said Ken to
-George.
-
-Pepe began to question the natives, and soon was lost in the crowd.
-Awhile after, as Ken was making up his mind they might have to camp on
-the station platform, a queer low 'bus drawn by six little mules creaked
-up. Pepe jumped off the seat beside the driver, and began to stow the
-luggage away in the 'bus. Then the boys piled in behind, and were soon
-bowling along a white moonlit road. The soft voices of natives greeted
-their passing.
-
-Valles appeared to be about a mile from the station, and as they entered
-the village Ken made out rows of thatched huts, and here and there a
-more pretentious habitation of stone. At length the driver halted
-before a rambling house, partly stone and partly thatch. There were no
-lights; in fact, Ken did not see a light in the village. George told
-the boys to take what luggage each could carry and follow the guide.
-Inside the house it was as dark as a dungeon. The boys bumped into
-things and fell over each other trying to keep close to the barefooted
-and mysterious guide. Finally they climbed to a kind of loft, where the
-moonlight streamed in at the open sides.
-
-"What do you think of this?" panted Hal, who had struggled with a heavy
-load of luggage. Pepe and the guide went down to fetch up the remainder
-of the outfit. Ken thought it best to stand still until he knew just
-where he was. But Hal and George began moving about in the loft. It
-was very large and gloomy, and seemed open, yet full of objects. Hal
-jostled into something which creaked and fell with a crash. Then
-followed a yell, a jabbering of a frightened native, and a scuffling
-about.
-
-"Hal, what 'd you do?" called Ken, severely.
-
-"You can search me," replied Hal Ward. "One thing--I busted my shin."
-
-"He knocked over a bed with some one sleeping in it," said George.
-
-Pepe arrived in the loft then and soon soothed the injured feelings of
-the native who had been so rudely disturbed. He then led the boys to
-their cots, which were no more than heavy strips of canvas stretched
-over tall frameworks. They appeared to be enormously high for beds.
-Ken's was as high as his head, and Ken was tall for his age.
-
-"Say, I'll never get up into this thing," burst out Hal. "These people
-must be afraid to sleep near the floor. George, why are these cots so
-high?"
-
-"I reckon to keep the pigs and dogs and all that from sleeping with the
-natives," answered George. "Besides, the higher you sleep in Mexico the
-farther you get from creeping, crawling things."
-
-Ken had been of half a mind to sleep on the floor, but George's remark
-had persuaded him to risk the lofty cot. It was most awkward to climb
-into. Ken tried several times without success, and once he just escaped
-a fall. By dint of muscle and a good vault he finally landed in the
-center of his canvas. From there he listened to his more unfortunate
-comrades. Pepe got into his without much difficulty. George, however,
-in climbing up, on about the fifth attempt swung over too hard and
-rolled off on the other side. The thump he made when he dropped jarred
-the whole loft. From the various growls out of the darkness it
-developed that the loft was full of sleepers, who were not pleased at
-this invasion. Then Hal's cot collapsed, and went down with a crash.
-And Hal sat on the flattened thing and laughed.
-
-"Mucho malo," Pepe said, and he laughed, too. Then he had to get out
-and put up Hal's trestle bed. Hal once again went to climbing up the
-framework, and this time, with Pepe's aid, managed to surmount it.
-
-"George, what does Pepe mean by _mucho malo_?" asked Hal.
-
-"Bad--very much bad," replied George.
-
-"Nix--tell him nix. This is fine," said Hal.
-
-"Boys, if you don't want to sleep yourselves, shut up so the rest of us
-can," ordered Ken.
-
-He liked the sense of humor and the good fighting spirit of the boys,
-and fancied they were the best attributes in comrades on a wild trip.
-For a long time he heard a kind of shuddering sound, which he imagined
-was Hal's cot quivering as the boy laughed. Then absolute quiet
-prevailed, the boys slept, and Ken felt himself drifting.
-
-When he awakened the sun was shining through the holes in the thatched
-roof. Pepe was up, and the other native sleepers were gone. Ken and the
-boys descended from their perches without any tumbles, had a breakfast
-that was palatable--although even George could not name what they
-ate--and then were ready for the day.
-
-Valles consisted of a few stone houses and many thatched huts of bamboo
-and palm. There was only one street, and it was full of pigs, dogs, and
-buzzards. The inhabitants manifested a kindly interest and curiosity,
-which changed to consternation when they learned of the boys' project.
-Pepe questioned many natives, and all he could learn about the Santa
-Rosa was that there was an impassable waterfall some few kilometers
-below Valles. Ken gritted his teeth and said they would have to get
-past it. Pepe did not encounter a man who had ever heard of the
-headwaters of the Panuco River. There were only a few fields under
-cultivation around Valles, and they were inclosed by impenetrable
-jungle. It seemed useless to try to find out anything about the river.
-But Pepe's advisers in the village told enough about _tigre_ and
-_javelin_ to make Hal's hair stand on end, and George turn pale, and Ken
-himself wish they had not come. It all gave Ken both a thrill and a
-shock.
-
-There was not much conversation among the boys on the drive back to the
-station. However, sight of the boat, which had come by freight, stirred
-Ken with renewed spirit, and through him that was communicated to the
-others.
-
-The hardest task, so far, developed in the matter of transporting boat
-and supplies out to the river. Ken had hoped to get a handcar and haul
-the outfit on the track down to where the bridge crossed the Santa Rosa.
-But there was no hand-car. Then came the staggering information that
-there was no wagon which would carry the boat, and then worse still in
-the fact that there was no road. This discouraged Ken; nevertheless he
-had not the least idea of giving up. He sent Pepe out to tell the
-natives there must be some way to get the outfit to the river.
-
-Finally Pepe found a fellow who had a cart. This fellow claimed he knew
-a trail that went to a point from which it would be easy to carry the
-boat to the river. Ken had Pepe hire the man at once.
-
-"Bring on your old cart," said the irrepressible Hal.
-
-That cart turned out to be a remarkable vehicle. It consisted of a
-narrow body between enormously high wheels. A trio of little mules was
-hitched to it. The driver willingly agreed to haul the boat and outfit
-for one _peso_, but when he drove up to the platform to be surrounded by
-neighbors, he suddenly discovered that he could not possibly accommodate
-the boys. Patiently Pepe tried to persuade him. No, the thing was
-impossible. He made no excuses, but he looked mysterious.
-
-"George, tell Pepe to offer him five pesos," said Ken.
-
-Pepe came out bluntly with the inducement, and the driver began to
-sweat. From the look of his eyes Ken fancied he had not earned so much
-money in a year. Still he was cunning, and his whispering neighbors
-lent him support. He had the only cart in the village, and evidently it
-seemed that fortune had come to knock at least once at his door. He
-shook his head.
-
-Ken held up both hands with fingers spread. "Ten pesos," he said.
-
-The driver, like a crazy man, began to jabber his consent.
-
-The boys lifted the boat upon the cart, and tied it fast in front so
-that the stern would not sag. Then they packed the rest of the outfit
-inside.
-
-Ken was surprised to see how easily the little mules trotted off with
-such a big load. At the edge of the jungle he looked back toward the
-station. The motley crowd of natives were watching, making excited
-gestures, and all talking at once. The driver drove into a narrow
-trail, which closed behind him. Pepe led on foot, brushing aside the
-thick foliage. Ken drew a breath of relief as he passed into the cool
-shade. The sun was very hot. Hal and George brought up the rear,
-talking fast.
-
-The trail was lined and overgrown with slender trees, standing very
-close, making dense shade. Many birds, some of beautiful coloring,
-flitted in the branches. In about an hour the driver entered a little
-clearing where there were several thatched huts. Ken heard the puffing
-of an engine, and, looking through the trees, he saw the railroad and
-knew they had arrived at the pumping-station and the bridge over the
-Santa Rosa.
-
-Pepe lost no time in rounding up six natives to carry the boat. They
-did not seem anxious to oblige Pepe, although they plainly wanted the
-money he offered. The trouble was the boat, at which they looked
-askance. As in the case with the driver, however, the weight and
-clinking of added silver overcame their reluctance. They easily lifted
-the boat upon their shoulders. And as they entered the trail, making a
-strange procession in the close-bordering foliage, they encountered two
-natives, who jumped and ran, yelling: "La diable! La diable!"
-
-"What ails those gazabos?" asked Hal.
-
-"They're scared," replied George. "They thought the boat was the
-devil."
-
-If Ken needed any more than had already come to him about the wildness
-of the Santa Rosa, he had it in the frightened cries and bewilderment of
-these natives. They had never seen a boat. The Santa Rosa was a
-beautiful wild river upon which boats were unknown. Ken had not hoped
-for so much. And now that the die was cast he faced the trip with
-tingling gladness.
-
-"George and Hal, you stay behind to watch the outfit. Pepe and I will
-carry what we can and follow the boat. I'll send back after you," said
-Ken.
-
-Then as he followed Pepe and the natives down the trail there was a deep
-satisfaction within him. He heard the soft rush of water over stones
-and the mourning of turtledoves. He rounded a little hill to come
-abruptly upon the dense green mass of river foliage. Giant
-cypress-trees, bearded with gray moss, fringed the banks. Through the
-dark green of leaves Ken caught sight of light-green water. Birds rose
-all about him. There were rustlings in the thick underbrush and the whir
-of ducks. The natives penetrated the dark shade and came out to an
-open, grassy point.
-
-The Santa Rosa, glistening, green, swift, murmured at Ken's feet. The
-natives dropped the boat into the water, and with Pepe went back for the
-rest of the outfit. Ken looked up the shady lane of the river and
-thought of the moment when he had crossed the bridge in the train.
-Then, as much as he had longed to be there, he had not dared to hope it.
-And here he was! How strange it was, just then, to see a large black
-duck with white-crested wings sweep by as swift as the wind! Ken had
-seen that wild fowl, or one of his kind, and it had haunted him.
-
-
-
-
- *V*
-
- *THE FIRST CAMP*
-
-
-In less than an hour all the outfit had been carried down to the river,
-and the boys sat in the shade, cooling off, happily conscious that they
-had made an auspicious start.
-
-It took Ken only a moment to decide to make camp there and the next day
-try to reach Micas Falls. The mountains appeared close at hand, and
-were so lofty that, early in the afternoon as it was, the westering sun
-hung over the blue summits. The notch where the Santa Rosa cut through
-the range stood out clear, and at most it was not more than eighteen
-miles distant. So Ken planned to spend a day pulling up the river, and
-then to turn for the down-stream trip.
-
-"Come, boys, let's make camp," said Ken.
-
-He sent Pepe with his long _machete_ into the brush to cut fire-wood.
-Hal he set to making a stone fireplace, which work the boy rather prided
-himself upon doing well. Ken got George to help him to put up the strip
-of canvas. They stretched a rope between two trees, threw the canvas
-over it, and pegged down the ends.
-
-"Say, how 're we going to sleep?" inquired Hal, suddenly.
-
-"Sleep? Why, on our backs, of course," retorted Ken, who could read
-Hal's mind.
-
-"If we don't have some hot old times keeping things out of this tent,
-I'm a lobster," said George, dubiously. "I'm going to sleep in the
-middle."
-
-"You're a brave boy, George," replied Ken.
-
-"Me for between Ken and Pepe," added Hal.
-
-"And you're twice as brave," said Ken. "I dare say Pepe and I will be
-able to keep things from getting at you."
-
-Just as Pepe came into camp staggering under a load of wood, a flock of
-russet-colored ducks swung round the bend. They alighted near the shore
-at a point opposite the camp. The way George and Hal made headers into
-the pile of luggage for their guns gave Ken an inkling of what he might
-expect from these lads. He groaned, and then he laughed. George came up
-out of the luggage first, and he had a .22-caliber rifle, which he
-quickly loaded and fired into the flock. He crippled one; the others
-flew up-stream. Then George began to waste shells trying to kill the
-crippled duck. Hal got into action with his .22. They bounced bullets
-off the water all around the duck, but they could not hit it.
-
-Pepe grew as excited as the boys, and he jumped into the boat and with a
-long stick began to pole out into the stream. Ken had to caution George
-and Hal to lower their guns and not shoot Pepe. Below camp and just
-under the bridge the water ran into a shallow rift. The duck got onto
-the current and went round the bend, with Pepe poling in pursuit and
-George and Hal yelling along the shore. When they returned a little
-later, they had the duck, which was of an unknown species to Ken. Pepe
-had fallen overboard; George was wet to his knees; and, though Hal did
-not show any marks of undue exertion, his eyes would have enlightened
-any beholder. The fact was that they were glowing with the excitement
-of the chase. It amused Ken. He felt that he had to try to stifle his
-own enthusiasm. There had to be one old head in the party. But if he
-did have qualms over the possibilities of the boys to worry him with
-their probable escapades, he still felt happy at their boundless life
-and spirit.
-
-It was about the middle of the afternoon, and the heat had become
-intense. Ken realized it doubly when he saw Pepe favoring the shade.
-George and Hal were hot, but they appeared to be too supremely satisfied
-with their surroundings to care about that.
-
-During this hot spell, which lasted from three o'clock until five, there
-was a quiet and a lack of life around camp that surprised Ken. It was
-slumberland; even the insects seemed drowsy. Not a duck and scarcely a
-bird passed by. Ken heard the mourning of turtle-doves, and was at once
-struck with the singular deep, full tone. Several trains crossed the
-bridge, and at intervals the engine at the pumping-tank puffed and
-chugged. From time to time a native walked out upon the bridge to stare
-long and curiously at the camp.
-
-When the sun set behind the mountain a hard breeze swept down the river.
-Ken did not know what to make of it, and at first thought there was
-going to be a storm. Pepe explained that the wind blew that way every
-day after sunset. For a while it tossed the willows, and waved the
-Spaniard's-beard upon the cypresses. Then as suddenly as it had come it
-died away, taking the heat with it.
-
-Whereupon the boys began to get supper.
-
-"George, do you know anything about this water?" asked Ken. "Is it
-safe?"
-
-George supposed it was all right, but he did not know. The matter of
-water had bothered Ken more than any other thing in consideration of the
-trip. This river-water was cool and clear; it apparently was safe. But
-Ken decided not to take any chances, and to boil all the water used.
-All at once George yelled, "Canvasbacks!" and made a dive for his gun.
-Ken saw a flock of ducks swiftly winging flight up-stream.
-
-"Hold on, George; don't shoot," called Ken. "Let's go a little slow at
-the start."
-
-George appeared to be disappointed, though he promptly obeyed.
-
-Then the boys had supper, finding the russet duck much to their taste.
-Ken made a note of Pepe's capacity, and was glad there were prospects of
-plenty of meat. While they were eating, a group of natives gathered on
-the bridge. Ken would not have liked to interpret their opinion of his
-party from their actions.
-
-Night came on almost before the boys were ready for it. They
-replenished the camp-fire, and sat around it, looking into the red blaze
-and then out into the flickering shadows. Ken thought the time
-propitious for a little lecture he had to give the boys, and he
-remembered how old Hiram Bent had talked to him and Hal that first night
-down under the great black rim-wall of the Grand Canon.
-
-"Well, fellows," began Ken, "we're started, we're here, and the trip
-looks great to me. Now, as I am responsible, I intend to be boss. I want
-you boys to do what I tell you. I may make mistakes, but if I do I'll
-take them on my shoulders. Let's try to make the trip a great success.
-Let's be careful. We're not game-hogs. We'll not kill any more than we
-can eat. I want you boys to be careful with your guns. Think all the
-time where you're pointing them. And as to thinking, we'd do well to
-use our heads all the time. We've no idea what we're going up against in
-this jungle."
-
-Both boys listened to Ken with attention and respect, but they did not
-bind themselves by any promises.
-
-Ken had got out the mosquito-netting, expecting any moment to find it
-very serviceable; however, to his surprise it was not needed. When it
-came time to go to bed, Hal and George did not forget to slip in between
-Pepe and Ken. The open-sided tent might keep off rain or dew, but for
-all the other protection it afforded, the boys might as well have slept
-outside. Nevertheless they were soon fast asleep. Ken awoke a couple
-of times during the night and rolled over to find a softer spot in the
-hard bed. These times he heard only the incessant hum of insects.
-
-When he opened his eyes in the gray morning light, he did hear something
-that made him sit up with a start. It was a deep booming sound,
-different from anything that he had ever heard. Ken called Pepe, and
-that roused the boys.
-
-"Listen," said Ken.
-
-In a little while the sound was repeated, a heavy "boo-oom! ...
-boo-oom!" There was a resemblance to the first strong beats of a
-drumming grouse, only infinitely wilder.
-
-Pepe called it something like "_faisan real_."
-
-"What's that?" asked Hal.
-
-The name was as new to Ken as the noise itself. Pepe explained through
-George that it was made by a huge black bird not unlike a turkey. It
-had a golden plume, and could run as fast as a deer. The boys rolled
-out, all having conceived a desire to see such a strange bird. The
-sound was not repeated. Almost immediately, however, the thicket across
-the river awoke to another sound, as much a contrast to the boom as
-could be imagined. It was a bird medley. At first Ken thought of
-magpies, but Pepe dispelled this illusion with another name hard to
-pronounce.
-
-"Chicalocki," he said.
-
-And that seemed just like what they were singing. It was a sharp, clear
-song--"Chic-a-lock-i ... chic-a-lock-i," and to judge from the full
-chorus there must have been many birds.
-
-"They're a land of pheasant," added George, "and make fine pot-stews."
-
-The _chicalocki_ ceased their salute to the morning, and then, as the
-river mist melted away under the rising sun, other birds took it up.
-Notes new to Ken burst upon the air. And familiar old songs thrilled
-him, made him think of summer days on the Susquehanna--the sweet carol
-of the meadow-lark, the whistle of the quail, the mellow, sad call of
-the swamp-blackbird. The songs blended in an exquisite harmony.
-
-"Why, some of them are our own birds come south for the winter,"
-declared Hal.
-
-"It's music," said Ken.
-
-"Just wait," laughed George.
-
-It dawned upon Ken then that George was a fellow who had the mysterious
-airs of a prophet hinting dire things.
-
-Ken did not know what to wait for, but he enjoyed the suggestion and
-anticipated much. Ducks began to whir by; flocks of blackbirds alighted
-in the trees across the river. Suddenly Hal jumped up, and Ken was
-astounded at a great discordant screeching and a sweeping rush of
-myriads of wings. Ken looked up to see the largest flock of birds he had
-ever seen.
-
-"Parrots," he yelled.
-
-Indeed they were, and they let the boys know it. They flew across the
-river, wheeled to come back, all the time screeching, and then they
-swooped down into the tops of the cypress-trees.
-
-"Red-heads," said George. "Just wait till you see the yellow-heads!"
-
-At the moment the red-heads were quite sufficient for Ken. They broke
-out into a chattering, screaming, cackling discordance. It was plainly
-directed at the boys. These intelligent birds were curious and
-resentful. As Pepe put it, they were scolding. Ken enjoyed it for a
-full half-hour and reveled in the din. That morning serenade was worth
-the trip. Presently the parrots flew away, and Ken was surprised to
-find that most of the other birds had ceased singing. They had set
-about the business of the day--something it was nigh time for Ken to
-consider.
-
-Breakfast over, the boys broke camp, eager for the adventures that they
-felt to be before them.
-
-
-
-
- *VI*
-
- *WILDERNESS LIFE*
-
-
-"Now for the big job, boys," called Ken. "Any ideas will be welcome, but
-don't all talk at once."
-
-And this job was the packing of the outfit in the boat. It was a study
-for Ken, and he found himself thanking his lucky stars that he had
-packed boats for trips on rapid rivers. George and Hal came to the fore
-with remarkable advice which Ken was at the pains of rejecting. And as
-fast as one wonderful idea emanated from the fertile minds another one
-came in. At last Ken lost patience.
-
-"Kids, it's going to take brains to pack this boat," he said, with some
-scorn.
-
-And when Hal remarked that in that case he did not see how they ever
-were going to pack the boat, Ken drove both boys away and engaged Pepe
-to help.
-
-The boat had to be packed for a long trip, with many things taken into
-consideration. The very best way to pack it must be decided upon and
-thereafter held to strictly. Balance was all-important; comfort and
-elbow-room were not to be overlooked; a flat surface easy to crawl and
-jump over was absolutely necessary. Fortunately, the boat was large and
-roomy, although not heavy. The first thing Ken did was to cut out the
-narrow bow-seat. Here he packed a small bucket of preserved mullet,
-some bottles of kerosene and _canya_, and a lantern. The small, flat
-trunk, full of supplies, went in next. Two boxes with the rest of the
-supplies filled up the space between the trunk and the rowing-seat. By
-slipping an extra pair of oars, coils of rope, the ax, and a few other
-articles between the gunwales and the trunk and boxes Ken made them fit
-snugly. He cut off a piece of the canvas, and, folding it, he laid it
-with the blankets lengthwise over the top. This made a level surface,
-one that could be gotten over quickly, or a place to sleep, for that
-matter, and effectually disposed of the bow half of the boat. Of course
-the boat sank deep at the bow, but Ken calculated when they were all
-aboard their weight would effect an even balance.
-
-The bags with clothing Ken put under the second seat. Then he arranged
-the other piece of canvas so that it projected up back of the stern of
-the boat. He was thinking of the waves to be buffeted in going stern
-first down-stream through the rapids. The fishing-tackle and guns he
-laid flat from seat to seat. Last of all he placed the ammunition on
-one side next the gunwale, and the suit-case carrying camera, films,
-medicines, on the other.
-
-"Come now, fellows," called Ken. "Hal, you and George take the second
-seat. Pepe will take the oars. I'll sit in the stern."
-
-Pepe pushed off, jumped to his place, and grasped the oars. Ken was
-delighted to find the boat trim, and more buoyant than he had dared to
-hope.
-
-"We're off," cried Hal, and he whooped. And George exercised his already
-well-developed faculty of imitating Hal.
-
-Pepe bent to the oars, and under his powerful strokes the boat glided
-up-stream. Soon the bridge disappeared. Ken had expected a long, shady
-ride, but it did not turn out so. Shallow water and gravelly rapids made
-rowing impossible.
-
-"Pile out, boys, and pull," said Ken.
-
-The boys had dressed for wading and rough work, and went overboard with
-a will. Pulling, at first, was not hard work. They were fresh and
-eager, and hauled the boat up swift, shallow channels, making nearly as
-good time as when rowing in smooth water. Then, as the sun began to get
-hot, splashing in the cool river was pleasant. They passed little
-islands green with willows and came to high clay-banks gradually wearing
-away, and then met with rocky restrictions in the stream-bed. From
-round a bend came a hollow roar of a deeper rapid. Ken found it a
-swift-rushing incline, very narrow, and hard to pull along. The margin
-of the river was hidden and obstructed by willows so that the boys could
-see very little ahead.
-
-When they got above this fall the water was deep and still. Entering
-the boat again, they turned a curve into a long, beautiful stretch of
-river.
-
-"Ah! this 's something like," said Hal.
-
-The green, shady lane was alive with birds and water-fowl. Ducks of
-various kinds rose before the boat. White, blue, gray, and speckled
-herons, some six feet tall, lined the low bars, and flew only at near
-approach. There were many varieties of bitterns, one kind with a purple
-back and white breast. They were very tame and sat on the overhanging
-branches, uttering dismal croaks. Everywhere was the flash and glitter
-and gleam of birds in flight, up and down and across the river.
-
-Hal took his camera and tried to get pictures.
-
-The strangeness, beauty, and life of this jungle stream absorbed Ken.
-He did not take his guns from their cases. The water was bright green
-and very deep; here and there were the swirls of playing fish. The
-banks were high and densely covered with a luxuriant foliage. Huge
-cypress-trees, moss-covered, leaned half-way across the river. Giant
-gray-barked ceibas spread long branches thickly tufted with aloes,
-orchids, and other jungle parasites. Palm-trees lifted slender stems
-and graceful broad-leaved heads. Clumps of bamboo spread an enormous
-green arch out over the banks. These bamboo-trees were particularly
-beautiful to Ken. A hundred yellow, black-circled stems grew out of the
-ground close together, and as they rose high they gracefully leaned
-their bodies and drooped their tips. The leaves were arrowy, exquisite
-in their fineness.
-
-He looked up the long river-lane, bright in the sun, dark and still
-under the moss-veiled cypresses, at the turning vines and blossoming
-creepers, at the changeful web of moving birds, and indulged to the
-fullest that haunting sense for wild places.
-
-"Chicalocki," said Pepe, suddenly.
-
-A flock of long-tailed birds, resembling the pheasant in body, was
-sailing across the river. Again George made a dive for a gun. This one
-was a sixteen-gage and worn out. He shot twice at the birds on the wing.
-Then Pepe rowed under the overhanging branches, and George killed three
-_chicalocki_ with his rifle. They were olive green in color, and the
-long tail had a brownish cast. Heavy and plump, they promised fine
-eating.
-
-"Pato real!" yelled Pepe, pointing excitedly up the river.
-
-Several black fowl, as large as geese, hove in sight, flying pretty low.
-Ken caught a glimpse of wide, white-crested wings, and knew then that
-these were the birds he had seen.
-
-"Load up and get ready," he said to George. "They're coming fast--shoot
-ahead of them."
-
-How swift and powerful they were on the wing! They swooped up when they
-saw the boat, and offered a splendid target. The little sixteen-gage
-rang out. Ken heard the shot strike. The leader stopped in midair,
-dipped, and plunged with a sounding splash. Ken picked him up and found
-him to be most beautiful, and as large and heavy as a goose. His black
-feathers shone with the latent green luster of an opal, and the pure
-white of the shoulder of the wings made a remarkable contrast.
-
-"George, we've got enough meat for to-day, more than we can use. Don't
-shoot any more," said Ken.
-
-Pepe resumed rowing, and Ken told him to keep under the overhanging
-branches and to row without splashing. He was skilled in the use of the
-oars, so the boat glided along silently. Ken felt he was rewarded for
-this stealth. Birds of rare and brilliant plumage flitted among the
-branches. There was one, a long, slender bird, gold and black with a
-white ring round its neck. There were little yellow-breasted
-kingfishers no larger than a wren, and great red-breasted kingfishers
-with blue backs and tufted heads. The boat passed under a leaning
-ceiba-tree that was covered with orchids. Ken saw the slim, sharp head
-of a snake dart from among the leaves. His neck was as thick as Ken's
-wrist.
-
-"What kind of a snake, Pepe?" whispered Ken, as he fingered the trigger
-of George's gun. But Pepe did not see the snake, and then Ken thought
-better of disturbing the silence with a gunshot. He was reminded,
-however, that the Texan had told him of snakes in this jungle, some of
-which measured more than fifteen feet and were as large as a man's leg.
-
-Most of the way the bank was too high and steep and overgrown for any
-animal to get down to the water. Still there were dry gullies, or
-arroyos, every few hundred yards, and these showed the tracks of
-animals, but Pepe could not tell what species from the boat. Often Ken
-heard the pattering of hard feet, and then he would see a little cloud
-of dust in one of these drinking-places. So he cautioned Pepe to row
-slower and closer in to the bank.
-
-"Look there! lemme out!" whispered Hal, and he seemed to be on the point
-of jumping overboard.
-
-"Coons," said George. "Oh, a lot of them. There--some young ones."
-
-Ken saw that they had come abruptly upon a band of racoons, not less
-than thirty in number, some big, some little, and a few like tiny balls
-of fur, and all had long white-ringed tails. What a scampering the big
-ones set up! The little ones were frightened, and the smallest so tame
-they scarcely made any effort to escape. Pepe swung the boat in to the
-bank, and reaching out he caught a baby racoon and handed it to Hal.
-
-"Whoop! We'll catch things and tame them," exclaimed Hal, much
-delighted, and he proceeded to tie the little racoon under the seat.
-
-"Sure, we'll get a whole menagerie," said George.
-
-So they went on up-stream. Often Ken motioned Pepe to stop in dark,
-cool places under the golden-green canopy of bamboos. He was as much
-fascinated by the beautiful foliage and tree growths as by the wild
-life. Hal appeared more taken up with the fluttering of birds in the
-thick jungle, rustlings, and soft, stealthy steps. Then as they moved
-on Ken whispered and pointed out a black animal vanishing in the
-thicket. Three times he caught sight of a spotted form slipping away in
-the shade. George saw it the last time, and whispered: "Tiger-cat!
-Let's get him."
-
-"What's that, Ken, a kind of a wildcat?" asked Hal.
-
-"Yes." Ken took George's .32-caliber and tried to find a way up the
-bank. There was no place to climb up unless he dragged himself up
-branches of trees or drooping bamboos, and this he did not care to
-attempt encumbered with a rifle. Only here and there could he see over
-the matted roots and creepers. Then the sound of rapids put hunting out
-of his mind.
-
-"Boys, we've got Micas Falls to reach," he said, and told Pepe to row
-on.
-
-The long stretch of deep river ended in a wide, shallow, noisy rapid.
-Fir-trees lined the banks. The palms, cypresses, bamboos, and the
-flowery, mossy growths were not here in evidence. Thickly wooded hills
-rose on each side. The jungle looked sear and yellow.
-
-The boys began to wade up the rapid, and before they had reached the
-head of it Pepe yelled and jumped back from where he was wading at the
-bow. He took an oar and began to punch at something in the water, at
-the same time calling out.
-
-"Crocodile!" cried George, and he climbed in the boat. Hal was not slow
-in following suit. Then Ken saw Pepe hitting a small crocodile, which
-lashed out with its tail and disappeared.
-
-"Come out of there," called Ken to the boys. "We can't pull you
-up-stream."
-
-"Say, I don't want to step on one of those ugly brutes," protested Hal.
-
-"Look sharp, then. Come out."
-
-Above the rapid extended a quarter-mile stretch where Pepe could row,
-and beyond that another long rapid. When the boys had waded up that it
-was only to come to another. It began to be hard work. But Ken kept
-the boys buckled down, and they made fair progress. They pulled up
-through eighteen rapids, and covered distance that Ken estimated to be
-about ten miles. The blue mountain loomed closer and higher, yet Ken
-began to have doubts of reaching Micas Falls that day.
-
-Moreover, as they ascended the stream, the rapids grew rougher.
-
-"It 'll be great coming down," panted Hal.
-
-Finally they reached a rapid which had long dinned in Ken's ears. All
-the water in the river rushed down on the right-hand side through a
-channel scarcely twenty feet wide. It was deep and swift. With the aid
-of ropes, and by dint of much hard wading and pulling, the boys got the
-boat up. A little farther on was another bothersome rapid. At last
-they came to a succession of falls, steps in the river, that barred
-farther advance up-stream.
-
-Here Ken climbed up on the bank, to find the country hilly and open,
-with patches of jungle and palm groves leading up to the mountains.
-Then he caught a glint of Micas Falls, and decided that it would be
-impossible to get there. He made what observations he could, and
-returned to camp.
-
-"Boys, here's where we stop," said Ken. "It 'll be all down-stream now,
-and I'm glad."
-
-There was no doubt that the boys were equally glad. They made camp on a
-grassy bench above a foam-flecked pool. Ken left the others to get
-things in shape for supper, and, taking his camera, he hurried off to
-try to get a picture of Micas Falls. He found open places and by-paths
-through the brushy forest. He saw evidences of forest fire, and then
-knew what had ruined that part of the jungle. There were no birds. It
-was farther than he had estimated to the foothill he had marked, but,
-loath to give up, he kept on and finally reached a steep, thorny ascent.
-Going up he nearly suffocated with heat. He felt rewarded for his
-exertions when he saw Micas Falls glistening in the distance. It was
-like a string of green fans connected by silver ribbons. He remained
-there watching it while the sun set in the golden notch between the
-mountains.
-
-On the way back to camp he waded through a flat overgrown with coarse
-grass and bushes. Here he jumped a herd of deer, eight in number. These
-small, sleek, gray deer appeared tame, and if there had been sufficient
-light, Ken would have photographed them. It cost him an effort to
-decide not to fetch his rifle, but as he had meat enough in camp there
-was nothing to do except let the deer go.
-
-When he got back to the river Pepe grinned at him, and, pointing to
-little red specks on his shirt, he said:
-
-"Pinilius."
-
-"Aha! the ticks!" exclaimed Ken.
-
-They were exceedingly small, not to be seen without close scrutiny.
-They could not be brushed off, so Ken began laboriously to pick them
-off. Pepe and George laughed, and Hal appeared to derive some sort of
-enjoyment from the incident.
-
-"Say, these ticks don't bother me any," declared Ken.
-
-Pepe grunted; and George called out, "Just wait till you get the big
-fellows--the garrapatoes."
-
-It developed presently that the grass and bushes on the camp-site
-contained millions of the ticks. Ken found several of the larger
-ticks--almost the size of his little finger-nail--but he did not get
-bitten. Pepe and George, however, had no such good luck, as was
-manifested at different times. By the time they had cut down the bushes
-and carried in a stock of fire-wood, both were covered with the little
-pests. Hal found a spot where there appeared to be none, and here he
-stayed.
-
-Pepe and George had the bad habit of smoking, and Ken saw them burning
-the ticks off shirt-sleeves and trousers-legs, using the fiery end of
-their cigarettes. This feat did not puzzle Ken anything like the one
-where they held the red point of the cigarettes close to their naked
-flesh. Ken, and Hal, too, had to see that performance at close range.
-
-"Why do you do that?" asked Ken.
-
-"Popping ticks," replied George. He and Pepe were as sober as judges.
-
-The fact of the matter was soon clear to Ken. The ticks stuck on as if
-glued. When the hot end of the burning cigarette was held within a
-quarter of an inch of them they simply blew up, exploded with a pop.
-Ken could easily distinguish between the tiny pop of an exploding
-_pinilius_ and the heavier pop of a _garrapato_.
-
-"But, boy, while you're taking time to do that, half a dozen other ticks
-can bite you!" exclaimed Ken.
-
-"Sure they can," replied George. "But if they get on me I'll kill 'em.
-I don't mind the little ones--it's the big boys I hate."
-
-On the other hand, Pepe seemed to mind most the _pinilius_.
-
-"Say, from now on you fellows will be Garrapato George and Pinilius
-Pepe."
-
-"Pretty soon you'll laugh on the other side of your face," said George.
-"In three days you'll be popping ticks yourself."
-
-Just then Hal let out a yell and began to hunt for a tick that had bit
-him. If there was anything that could bother Hal Ward it was a crawling
-bug of some kind.
-
-"I'll have to christen you too, brother," said Ken, gurgling with mirth.
-"A very felicitous name--Hollering Hal!"
-
-Despite the humor of the thing, Ken really saw its serious side. When
-he found the grass under his feet alive with ticks he cast about in his
-mind for some way to get rid of them. And he hit upon a remedy. On the
-ridge above the bench was a palm-tree, and under it were many dead palm
-leaves. These were large in size, had long stems, and were as dry as
-tinder. Ken lighted one, and it made a flaming hot torch. It did not
-take him long to scorch all the ticks near that camp.
-
-The boys had supper and enjoyed it hugely. The scene went well with the
-camp-fire and game-dinner. They gazed out over the foaming pool, the
-brawling rapids, to the tufted palm-trees, and above them the dark-blue
-mountain. At dusk Hal and George were so tired they went to bed and at
-once dropped into slumber. Pepe sat smoking before the slumbering fire.
-
-And Ken chose that quiet hour to begin the map of the river, and to set
-down in his note-book his observations on the mountains and in the
-valley, and what he had seen that day of bird, animal, and plant life in
-the jungle.
-
-
-
-
- *VII*
-
- *RUNNING THE RAPIDS*
-
-
-Some time in the night a yell awakened Ken. He sat up, clutching his
-revolver. The white moonlight made all as clear as day. Hal lay deep in
-slumber. George was raising himself, half aroused. But Pepe was gone.
-
-Ken heard a thrashing about outside. Leaping up he ran out, and was
-frightened to see Pepe beating and clawing and tearing at himself like a
-man possessed of demons.
-
-"Pepe, what's wrong?" shouted Ken.
-
-It seemed that Pepe only grew more violent in his wrestling about. Then
-Ken was sure Pepe had been stung by a scorpion or bitten by a snake.
-
-But he was dumfounded to see George bound like an apparition out of the
-tent and begin evolutions that made Pepe's look slow.
-
-"Hey, what's wrong with you jumping-jacks?" yelled Ken.
-
-George was as grimly silent as an Indian running the gantlet, but Ken
-thought it doubtful if any Indian ever slapped and tore at his body in
-George's frantic manner. To add to the mystery Hal suddenly popped out
-of the tent. He was yelling in a way to do justice to the name Ken had
-lately given him, and, as for wild and whirling antics, his were simply
-marvelous.
-
-"Good land!" ejaculated Ken. Had the boys all gone mad? Despite his
-alarm, Ken had to roar with laughter at those three dancing figures in
-the moonlight. A rush of ideas went through Ken's confused mind. And
-the last prompted him to look in the tent.
-
-He saw a wide bar of black crossing the moonlit ground, the grass, and
-the blankets. This bar moved. It was alive. Bending low Ken descried
-that it was made by ants. An army of jungle ants on a march! They had
-come in a straight line along the base of the little hill and their
-passageway led under the canvas. Pepe happened to be the first in line,
-and they had surged over him. As he had awakened, and jumped up of
-course, the ants had begun to bite. The same in turn happened to George
-and then Hal.
-
-Ken was immensely relieved, and had his laugh out. The stream of ants
-moved steadily and quite rapidly, and soon passed from sight. By this
-time Pepe and the boys had threshed themselves free of ants and into
-some degree of composure.
-
-"Say, you nightmare fellows! Come back to bed," said Ken. "Any one
-would think something had really happened to you."
-
-Pepe snorted, which made Ken think the native understood something of
-English. And the boys grumbled loudly.
-
-"Ants! Ants as big as wasps! They bit worse than helgramites,"
-declared Hal. "Oh, they missed you. You always are lucky. I'm not
-afraid of all the old jaguars in this jungle. But I can't stand biting,
-crawling bugs. I wish you hadn't made me come on this darn trip."
-
-"Ha! Ha!" laughed Ken.
-
-"Just wait, Hal," put in George, grimly. "Just wait. It's coming to
-him!"
-
-The boys slept well the remainder of the night and, owing to the break
-in their rest, did not awaken early. The sun shone hot when Ken rolled
-out; a creamy mist was dissolving over the curve of the mountain-range;
-parrots were screeching in the near-by trees.
-
-After breakfast Ken set about packing the boat as it had been done the
-day before.
-
-"I think we'll do well to leave the trunk in the boat after this, unless
-we find a place where we want to make a permanent camp for a while,"
-said Ken.
-
-Before departing he carefully looked over the ground to see that nothing
-was left, and espied a heavy fish-line which George had baited, set, and
-forgotten.
-
-"Hey, George, pull up your trot-line. It looks pretty much stretched to
-me. Maybe you've got a fish."
-
-Ken happened to be busy at the boat when George started to take in the
-line. An exclamation from Pepe, George's yell, and a loud splash made
-Ken jump up in double-quick time. Hal also came running.
-
-George was staggering on the bank, leaning back hard on the heavy line.
-A long, angry swirl in the pool told of a powerful fish. It was likely
-to pull George in.
-
-"Let go the line!" yelled Ken.
-
-But George was not letting go of any fish-lines. He yelled for Pepe,
-and went down on his knees before Pepe got to him. Both then pulled on
-the line. The fish, or whatever it was at the other end, gave a mighty
-jerk that almost dragged the two off the bank.
-
-"Play him, play him!" shouted Ken. "You've got plenty of line. Give him
-some."
-
-Hal now added his weight and strength, and the three of them, unmindful
-of Ken's advice, hauled back with might and main. The line parted and
-they sprawled on the grass.
-
-"What a sockdologer!" exclaimed Hal.
-
-"I had that hook baited with a big piece of duck meat," said George.
-"We must have been hooked to a crocodile. Things are happening to us."
-
-"Yes, so I've noticed," replied Ken, dryly. "But if you fellows hadn't
-pulled so hard you might have landed that thing, whatever it was. All
-aboard now. We must be on the move--we don't know what we have before
-us."
-
-When they got into the boat Ken took the oars, much to Pepe's surprise.
-It was necessary to explain to him that Ken would handle the boat in
-swift water. They shoved off, and Ken sent one regretful glance up the
-river, at the shady aisle between the green banks, at the white rapids,
-and the great colored dome of the mountain. He almost hesitated, for he
-desired to see more of that jungle-covered mountain. But something
-already warned Ken to lose no time in the trip down the Santa Rosa.
-There did not seem to be any reason for hurry, yet he felt it necessary.
-But he asked Pepe many questions and kept George busy interpreting names
-of trees and flowers and wild creatures.
-
-Going down-stream on any river, mostly, would have been pleasure, but
-drifting on the swift current of the Santa Rosa and rowing under the
-wonderful moss-bearded cypresses was almost like a dream. It was too
-beautiful to seem real. The smooth stretch before the first rapid was
-short, however, and then all Ken's attention had to be given to the
-handling of the boat. He saw that George and Pepe both expected to get
-out and wade down the rapids as they had waded up. He had a surprise in
-store for them. The rapids that he could not shoot would have to be
-pretty bad.
-
-"You're getting close," shouted George, warningly.
-
-With two sweeps of the oars Ken turned the boat stern first down-stream,
-then dipped on the low green incline, and sailed down toward the waves.
-They struck the first wave with a shock, and the water flew all over the
-boys. Pepe was tremendously excited; he yelled and made wild motions
-with his hands; George looked a little frightened. Hal enjoyed it.
-Whatever the rapid appeared to them, it was magnificent to Ken; and it
-was play to manage the boat in such water. A little pull on one oar and
-then on the other kept the stern straight down-stream. The channel he
-could make out a long way ahead. He amused himself by watching George
-and Pepe. There were stones in the channel, and the water rose angrily
-about them. A glance was enough to tell that he could float over these
-without striking. But the boys thought they were going to hit every
-stone, and were uneasy all the time. Twice he had to work to pass
-ledges and sunken trees upon which the current bore down hard. When Ken
-neared one of these he dipped the oars and pulled back to stop or lessen
-the momentum; then a stroke turned the boat half broadside to the
-current. That would force it to one side, and another stroke would turn
-the boat straight. At the bottom of this rapid they encountered a long
-triangle of choppy waves that they bumped and splashed over. They came
-through with nothing wet but the raised flap of canvas in the stern.
-
-Pepe regarded Ken with admiring eyes, and called him _grande mozo_.
-
-"Shooting rapids is great sport," proclaimed George.
-
-They drifted through several little rifts, and then stopped at the head
-of the narrow chute that had been such a stumbling-block on the way up.
-Looked at from above, this long, narrow channel, with several S curves,
-was a fascinating bit of water for a canoeist. It tempted Ken to shoot
-it even with the boat. But he remembered the four-foot waves at the
-bottom, and besides he resented the importunity of the spirit of daring
-so early in the game. Risk, and perhaps peril, would come soon enough.
-So he decided to walk along the shore and float the boat through with a
-rope.
-
-The thing looked a good deal easier than it turned out to be. Half-way
-through, at the narrowest point and most abrupt curve, Pepe
-misunderstood directions and pulled hard on the bow-rope, when he should
-have let it slack.
-
-The boat swung in, nearly smashing Ken against the bank, and the
-sweeping current began to swell dangerously near the gunwale.
-
-"Let go! Let go!" yelled Ken. "George, make him let go!"
-
-But George, who was trying to get the rope out of Pepe's muscular hands,
-suddenly made a dive for his rifle.
-
-"Deer! deer!" he cried, hurriedly throwing a shell into the chamber. He
-shot downstream, and Ken, looking that way, saw several deer under the
-firs on a rocky flat. George shot three more times, and the bullets
-went "spinging" into the trees. The deer bounded out of sight.
-
-When Ken turned again, water was roaring into the boat. He was being
-pressed harder into the bank, and he saw disaster ahead.
-
-"Loosen the rope--tell him, George," yelled Ken.
-
-Pepe only pulled the harder.
-
-"Quick, or we're ruined," cried Ken.
-
-George shouted in Spanish, and Pepe promptly dropped the rope in the
-water. That was the worst thing he could have done.
-
-"Grab the rope!" ordered Ken, wildly. "Grab the bow! Don't let it swing
-out! Hal!"
-
-Before either boy could reach it the bow swung out into the current.
-Ken was not only helpless, but in a dangerous position. He struggled to
-get out from where the swinging stern was wedging him into the bank, but
-could not budge. Fearing that all the outfit would be lost in the
-river, he held on to the boat and called for some one to catch the rope.
-
-George pushed Pepe head first into the swift current. Pepe came up,
-caught the rope, and then went under again. The boat swung round and,
-now half full of water, got away from Ken. It gathered headway. Ken
-leaped out on the ledge and ran along with the boat. It careened round
-the bad curve and shot down-stream. Pepe was still under water.
-
-"He's drowned! He's drowned!" cried George.
-
-Hal took a header right off the ledge, came up, and swam with a few
-sharp strokes to the drifting boat. He gained the bow, grasped it, and
-then pulled on the rope.
-
-Ken had a sickening feeling that Pepe might be drowned. Suddenly Pepe
-appeared like a brown porpoise. He was touching bottom in places and
-holding back on the rope. Then the current rolled him over and over. The
-boat drifted back of a rocky point into shallow water. Hal gave a haul
-that helped to swing it out of the dangerous current. Then Pepe came up,
-and he, too, pulled hard. Just as Ken plunged in the boat sank in two
-feet of water. Ken's grip, containing camera, films, and other
-perishable goods, was on top, and he got it just in time. He threw it
-out on the rocks. Then together the boys lifted the boat and hauled the
-bow well up on the shore.
-
-"Pretty lucky!" exclaimed Ken, as he flopped down.
-
-"Doggone it!" yelled Hal, suddenly. And he dove for the boat, and
-splashed round in the water under his seat, to bring forth a very limp
-and drenched little racoon.
-
-"Good! he's all right," said Ken.
-
-Pepe said "Mucho malo," and pointed to his shins, which bore several
-large bumps from contact with the rocks in the channel.
-
-"I should say mucha malo," growled George.
-
-He jerked open his grip, and, throwing out articles of wet clothing--for
-which he had no concern--he gazed in dismay at his whole store of
-cigarettes wet by the water.
-
-"So that's all you care for," said Ken, severely. "Young man, I'll have
-something to say to you presently. All hands now to unpack the boat."
-
-Fortunately nothing had been carried away. That part of the supplies
-which would have been affected by water was packed in tin cases, and so
-suffered no damage. The ammunition was waterproof. Ken's Parker
-hammerless and his 351 automatic rifle were full of water, and so were
-George's guns and Hal's. While they took their weapons apart, wiped
-them, and laid them in the sun, Pepe spread out the rest of the things
-and then baled out the boat. The sun was so hot that everything dried
-quickly and was not any the worse for the wetting. The boys lost
-scarcely an hour by the accident. Before the start Ken took George and
-Pepe to task, and when he finished they were both very sober and quiet.
-
-Ken observed, however, that by the time they had run the next rapid they
-were enjoying themselves again. Then came a long succession of rapids
-which Ken shot without anything approaching a mishap. When they drifted
-into the level stretch Pepe relieved him at the oars. They glided
-down-stream under the drooping bamboo, under the silken streamers of
-silvery moss, under the dark, cool bowers of matted vine and blossoming
-creepers. And as they passed this time the jungle silence awoke to the
-crack of George's .22 and the discordant cry of river fowl. Ken's guns
-were both at hand, and the rifle was loaded, but he did not use either.
-He contented himself with snapping a picture here and there and watching
-the bamboo thickets and the mouths of the little dry ravines.
-
-That ride was again so interesting, so full of sound and action and
-color, that it seemed a very short one. The murmur of the water on the
-rocks told Ken that it was time to change seats with Pepe. They drifted
-down two short rapids, and then came to the gravelly channels between
-the islands noted on the way up. The water was shallow down these
-rippling channels; and, fearing they might strike a stone, Ken tumbled
-out over the bow and, wading slowly, let the boat down to still water
-again. He was about to get in when he espied what he thought was an
-alligator lying along a log near the river. He pointed it out to Pepe.
-
-That worthy yelled gleefully in Mexican, and reached for his _machete_.
-
-"Iguana!" exclaimed George. "I've heard it's good to eat."
-
-The reptile had a body about four feet long and a very long tail. Its
-color was a steely blue-black on top, and it had a blunt, rounded head.
-
-Pepe slipped out of the boat and began to wade ashore. When the iguana
-raised itself on short, stumpy legs George shot at it, and missed, as
-usual. But he effectually frightened the reptile, which started to
-climb the bank with much nimbleness. Pepe began to run, brandishing his
-long _machete_. George plunged into the water in hot pursuit, and then
-Hal yielded to the call of the chase. Pepe reached the iguana before it
-got up the bank, aimed a mighty blow with his _machete_, and would
-surely have cut the reptile in two pieces if the blade had not caught on
-an overhanging branch. Then Pepe fell up the bank and barely grasped
-the tail of the iguana. Pepe hauled back, and Pepe was powerful. The
-frantic creature dug its feet in the clay-bank and held on for dear
-life. But Pepe was too strong. He jerked the iguana down and flung it
-square upon George, who had begun to climb the bank.
-
-George uttered an awful yell, as if he expected to be torn asunder, and
-rolled down, with the reptile on top of him. Ken saw that it was as
-badly frightened as George. But Hal did not see this. And he happened
-to have gained a little sand-bar below the bank, in which direction the
-iguana started with wonderful celerity. Then Hal made a jump that Ken
-believed was a record.
-
-Remarkably awkward as that iguana was, he could surely cover ground with
-his stumpy legs. Again he dashed up the bank. Pepe got close enough
-once more, and again he swung the _machete_. The blow cut off a piece
-of the long tail, but the only effect this produced was to make the
-iguana run all the faster. It disappeared over the bank, with Pepe
-scrambling close behind. Then followed a tremendous crashing in the dry
-thickets, after which the iguana could be heard rattling and tearing
-away through the jungle. Pepe returned to the boat with the crestfallen
-boys, and he was much concerned over the failure to catch the big
-lizard, which he said made fine eating.
-
-"What next?" asked George, ruefully, and at that the boys all laughed.
-
-"The fun is we don't have any idea what's coming off," said Hal.
-
-"Boys, if you brave hunters had thought to throw a little salt on that
-lizard's tail you might have caught him," added Ken.
-
-Presently Pepe espied another iguana in the forks of a tree, and he
-rowed ashore. This lizard was only a small one, not over two feet in
-length, but he created some excitement among the boys. George wanted
-him to eat, and Hal wanted the skin for a specimen, and Ken wanted to
-see what the lizard looked like close at hand. So they all clamored for
-Pepe to use caution and to be quick.
-
-When Pepe started up the tree the iguana came down on the other side,
-quick as a squirrel. Then they had a race round the trunk until Pepe
-ended it with a well-directed blow from his _machete_.
-
-Hal began to skin the iguana.
-
-"Ken, I'm going to have trouble preserving specimens in this hot place,"
-he said.
-
-"Salt and alum will do the trick. Remember what old Hiram used to say,"
-replied Ken.
-
-Shortly after that the boat passed the scene of the first camp, and then
-drifted under the railroad bridge.
-
-Hal and George, and Pepe too, looked as if they were occupied with the
-same thought troubling Ken--that once beyond the bridge they would
-plunge into the jungle wilderness from which there could be no turning
-back.
-
-
-
-
- *VIII*
-
- *THE FIRST TIGER-CAT*
-
-
-The Santa Rosa opened out wide, and ran swiftly over smooth rock. Deep
-cracks, a foot or so wide, crossed the river diagonally, and fish darted
-in and out.
-
-The boys had about half a mile of this, when, after turning a hilly
-bend, they entered a long rapid. It was a wonderful stretch of river to
-look down.
-
-"By George!" said Ken, as he stood up to survey it. "This is great!"
-
-"It's all right _now_," added George, with his peculiar implication as
-to the future.
-
-"What gets me is the feeling of what might be round the next bend," said
-Hal.
-
-This indeed, Ken thought, made the fascination of such travel. The
-water was swift and smooth and shallow. There was scarcely a wave or
-ripple. At times the boat stuck fast on the flat rock, and the boys
-would have to get out to shove off. As far ahead as Ken could see
-extended this wide slant of water. On the left rose a thick line of
-huge cypresses all festooned with gray moss that drooped to the water;
-on the right rose a bare bluff of crumbling rock. It looked like blue
-clay baked and cracked by the sun. A few palms fringed the top.
-
-"Say, we can beat this," said Ken, as for the twentieth time the boys
-had to step out and shove off a flat, shallow place. "Two of you in the
-bow and Pepe with me in the stern, feet overboard."
-
-The little channels ran every way, making it necessary often to turn the
-boat. Ken's idea was to drift along and keep the boat from grounding by
-an occasional kick.
-
-"Ken manages to think of something once in a while," observed Hal.
-
-Then the boat drifted down-stream, whirling round and round. Here Pepe
-would drop his brown foot in and kick his end clear of a shallow ledge;
-there George would make a great splash when his turn came to ward off
-from a rock; and again Hal would give a greater kick than was necessary
-to the righting of the boat. Probably Hal was much influenced by the
-fact that when he kicked hard he destroyed the lazy equilibrium of his
-companions.
-
-It dawned upon Ken that here was a new and unique way to travel down a
-river. It was different from anything he had ever tried before. The
-water was swift and seldom more than a foot deep, except in diagonal
-cracks that ribbed the river-bed. This long, shut-in stretch appeared
-to be endless. But for the quick, gliding movement of the boat, which
-made a little breeze, the heat would have been intolerable. When one of
-Hal's kicks made Ken lurch overboard to sit down ludicrously, the cool
-water sent thrills over him. Instead of retaliating on Hal, he was glad
-to be wet. And the others, soon discovering the reason for Ken's
-remarkable good-nature, went overboard and lay flat in the cool ripples.
-Then little clouds of steam began to rise from their soaked clothes.
-
-Ken began to have an idea that he had been wise in boiling the water
-which they drank. They all suffered from a parching thirst. Pepe scooped
-up water in his hand; George did likewise, and then Hal.
-
-"You've all got to stop that," ordered Ken, sharply. "No drinking this
-water unless it's boiled."
-
-The boys obeyed, for the hour, but they soon forgot, or deliberately
-allayed their thirst despite Ken's command. Ken himself found his
-thirst unbearable. He squeezed the juice of a wild lime into a cup of
-water and drank that. Then he insisted on giving the boys doses of
-quinine and anti-malaria pills, which treatment he meant to continue
-daily.
-
-Toward the lower part of that rapid, where the water grew deeper, fish
-began to be so numerous that the boys kicked at many as they darted
-under the boat. There were thousands of small fish and some large ones.
-Occasionally, as a big fellow lunged for a crack in the rock, he would
-make the water roar. There was a fish that resembled a mullet, and
-another that Hal said was some kind of bass with a blue tail. Pepe
-chopped at them with his _machete_; George whacked with an oar; Hal
-stood up in the boat and shot at them with his .22 rifle.
-
-"Say, I've got to see what that blue-tailed bass looks like," said Ken.
-"You fellows will never get one."
-
-Whereupon Ken jointed up a small rod and, putting on a spinner, began to
-cast it about. He felt two light fish hit it. Then came a heavy shock
-that momentarily checked the boat. The water foamed as the line cut
-through, and Ken was just about to jump off the boat to wade and follow
-the fish, when it broke the leader.
-
-"That was a fine exhibition," remarked the critical Hal.
-
-"What's the matter with you?" retorted Ken, who was sensitive as to his
-fishing abilities. "It was a big fish. He broke things."
-
-"Haven't you got a reel on that rod and fifty yards of line?" queried
-Hal.
-
-Ken did not have another spinner, and he tried an artificial minnow, but
-could not get a strike on it. He took Hal's gun and shot at several of
-the blue-tailed fish, but though he made them jump out of the water like
-a real northern black-bass, it was all of no avail.
-
-Then Hal caught one with a swoop of the landing net. It was a beautiful
-fish, and it did have a blue tail. Pepe could not name it, nor could
-Ken classify it, so Hal was sure he had secured a rare specimen.
-
-When the boat drifted round a bend to enter another long, wide, shallow
-rapid, the boys demurred a little at the sameness of things. The bare
-blue bluffs persisted, and the line of gray-veiled cypresses and the
-strange formation of stream-bed. Five more miles of drifting under the
-glaring sun made George and Hal lie back in the boat, under an
-improvised sun-shade. The ride was novel and strange to Ken Ward, and
-did not pall upon him, though he suffered from the heat and glare. He
-sat on the bow, occasionally kicking the boat off a rock.
-
-All at once a tense whisper from Pepe brought Ken round with a jerk.
-Pepe was pointing down along the right-hand shore. George heard, and,
-raising himself, called excitedly: "Buck! buck!"
-
-Ken saw a fine deer leap back from the water and start to climb the side
-of a gully that indented the bluff. Snatching up the .351 rifle, he
-shoved in the safety catch. The distance was far--perhaps two hundred
-yards--but without elevating the sights he let drive. A cloud of dust
-puffed up under the nose of the climbing deer.
-
-"Wow!" yelled George, and Pepe began to jabber. Hal sprang up, nearly
-falling overboard, and he shouted: "Give it to him, Ken!"
-
-The deer bounded up a steep, winding trail, his white flag standing, his
-reddish coat glistening. Ken fired again. The bullet sent up a white
-puff of dust, this time nearer still. That shot gave Ken the range, and
-he pulled the automatic again--and again. Each bullet hit closer. The
-boys were now holding their breath, watching, waiting. Ken aimed a
-little firmer and finer at the space ahead of the deer--for in that
-instant he remembered what the old hunter on Penetier had told him--and
-he pulled the trigger twice.
-
-The buck plunged down, slipped off the trail, and, raising a cloud of
-dust, rolled over and over. Then it fell sheer into space, and whirled
-down to strike the rock with a sodden crash.
-
-It was Ken's first shooting on this trip, and he could not help adding a
-cry of exultation to the yells of his admiring comrades.
-
-"Guess you didn't plug him!" exclaimed Hal Ward, with flashing eyes.
-
-Wading, the boys pulled the boat ashore. Pepe pronounced the buck to be
-very large, but to Ken, remembering the deer in Coconino Forest, it
-appeared small. If there was an unbroken bone left in that deer, Ken
-greatly missed his guess. He and Pepe cut out the haunch least crushed
-by the fail.
-
-"There's no need to carry along more meat than we can use," said George.
-"It spoils overnight. That's the worst of this jungle, I've heard
-hunters say."
-
-Hal screwed up his face in the manner he affected when he tried to
-imitate old Hiram Bent. "Wal, youngster, I reckon I'm right an' down
-proud of thet shootin'. You air comin' along."
-
-Ken was as pleased as Hal, but he replied, soberly: "Well, kid, I hope I
-can hold as straight as that when we run up against a jaguar."
-
-"Do you think we'll see one?" asked Hal.
-
-"Just you wait!" exclaimed George, replying for Ken. "Pepe says we'll
-have to sleep in the boat, and anchor the boat in the middle of the
-river."
-
-"What for?"
-
-"To keep those big yellow tigers from eating us up."
-
-"How nice!" replied Hal, with a rather forced laugh.
-
-So, talking and laughing, the boys resumed their down-stream journey.
-Ken, who was always watching with sharp eyes, saw buzzards appear, as if
-by magic. Before the boat was half a mile down the river buzzards were
-circling over the remains of the deer. These birds of prey did not fly
-from the jungle on either side of the stream. They sailed, dropped down
-from the clear blue sky where they had been invisible. How wonderful
-that was to Ken! Nature had endowed these vulture-like birds with
-wonderful scent or instinct or sight, or all combined. But Ken believed
-that it was power of sight which brought the buzzards so quickly to the
-scene of the killing. He watched them circling, sweeping down till a
-curve in the river hid them from view.
-
-And with this bend came a welcome change. The bluff played out in a
-rocky slope below which the green jungle was relief to aching eyes. As
-the boys made this point, the evening breeze began to blow. They
-beached the boat and unloaded to make camp.
-
-"We haven't had any work to-day, but we're all tired just the same,"
-observed Ken.
-
-"The heat makes a fellow tired," said George.
-
-They were fortunate in finding a grassy plot where there appeared to be
-but few ticks and other creeping things. That evening it was a little
-surprise to Ken to realize how sensitive he had begun to feel about
-these jungle vermin.
-
-Pepe went up the bank for fire-wood. Ken heard him slashing away with
-his _machete_. Then this sound ceased, and Pepe yelled in fright. Ken
-and George caught up guns as they bounded into the thicket; Hal started
-to follow, likewise armed. Ken led the way through a thorny brake to
-come suddenly upon Pepe. At the same instant Ken caught a glimpse of
-gray, black-striped forms slipping away in the jungle. Pepe shouted out
-something.
-
-"Tiger-cats!" exclaimed George.
-
-Ken held up his finger to enjoin silence. With that he stole cautiously
-forward, the others noiselessly at his heels. The thicket was lined
-with well-beaten trails, and by following these and stooping low it was
-possible to go ahead without rustling the brush. Owing to the gathering
-twilight Ken could not see very far. When he stopped to listen he heard
-the faint crackling of dead brush and soft, quick steps. He had not
-proceeded far when pattering footsteps halted him. Ken dropped to his
-knee. The boys knelt behind him, and Pepe whispered. Peering along the
-trail Ken saw what he took for a wildcat. Its boldness amazed him.
-Surely it had heard him, but instead of bounding into the thicket it
-crouched not more than twenty-five feet away. Ken took a quick shot at
-the gray huddled form. It jerked, stretched out, and lay still. Then a
-crashing in the brush, and gray streaks down the trail told Ken of more
-game.
-
-"There they go. Peg away at them," called Ken.
-
-George and Hal burned a good deal of powder and sent much lead whistling
-through the dry branches, but the gray forms vanished in the jungle.
-
-"We got one, anyway," said Ken.
-
-He advanced to find his quarry quite dead. It was bigger than any
-wildcat Ken had ever seen. The color was a grayish yellow, almost
-white, lined and spotted with black. Ken lifted it and found it heavy
-enough to make a good load.
-
-"He's a beauty," said Hal.
-
-"Pepe says it's a tiger-cat," remarked George. "There are two or three
-kinds besides the big tiger. We may run into a lot of them and get some
-skins."
-
-It was almost dark when they reached camp. While Pepe and Hal skinned
-the tiger-cat and stretched the pelt over a framework of sticks the
-other boys got supper. They were all very hungry and tired, and pleased
-with the events of the day. As they sat round the camp-fire there was a
-constant whirring of water-fowl over their heads and an incessant hum of
-insects from the jungle.
-
-"Ken, does it feel as wild to you here as on Buckskin Mountain?" asked
-Hal.
-
-"Oh yes, much wilder, Hal," replied his brother. "And it's different,
-somehow. Out in Arizona there was always the glorious expectancy of
-to-morrow's fun or sport. Here I have a kind of worry--a feeling--"
-
-But he concluded it wiser to keep to himself that strange feeling of
-dread which came over him at odd moments.
-
-"It suits me," said Hal. "I want to get a lot of things and keep them
-alive. Of course, I want specimens. I'd like some skins for my den,
-too. But I don't care so much about killing things."
-
-"Just wait!" retorted George, who evidently took Hal's remark as a
-reflection upon his weakness. "Just wait! You'll be shooting pretty
-soon for your life."
-
-"Now, George, what do you mean by that?" questioned Ken, determined to
-pin George down to facts. "You said you didn't really know anything
-about this jungle. Why are you always predicting disaster for us?"
-
-"Why? Because I've heard things about the jungle," retorted George.
-"And Pepe says wait till we get down off the mountain. He doesn't _know_
-anything, either. But it's his instinct--Pepe's half Indian. So I say,
-too, wait till we get down in the jungle!"
-
-"Confound you! Where are we now?" queried Ken.
-
-"The real jungle is the lowland. There we'll find the tigers and the
-crocodiles and the wild cattle and wild pigs."
-
-"Bring on your old pigs and things," replied Hal.
-
-But Ken looked into the glowing embers of the camp-fire and was silent.
-When he got out his note-book and began his drawing, he forgot the worry
-and dread in the interest of his task. He was astonished at his memory,
-to see how he could remember every turn in the river and yet not lose
-his sense of direction. He could tell almost perfectly the distance
-traveled, because he knew so well just how much a boat would cover in
-swift or slow waters in a given time. He thought he could give a fairly
-correct estimate of the drop of the river. And, as for descriptions of
-the jungle life along the shores, that was a delight, all except trying
-to understand and remember and spell the names given to him by Pepe.
-Ken imagined Pepe spoke a mixture of Toltec, Aztec, Indian, Spanish, and
-English.
-
-
-
-
- *IX*
-
- *IN THE WHITE WATER*
-
-
-Upon awakening next morning Ken found the sun an hour high. He was
-stiff and sore and thirsty. Pepe and the boys slept so soundly it
-seemed selfish to wake them.
-
-All around camp there was a melodious concourse of birds. But the
-parrots did not make a visit that morning. While Ken was washing in the
-river a troop of deer came down to the bar on the opposite side. Ken
-ran for his rifle, and by mistake took up George's .32. He had a
-splendid shot at less than one hundred yards. But the bullet dropped
-fifteen feet in front of the leading buck. The deer ran into the deep,
-bushy willows.
-
-"That gun's leaded," muttered Ken. "It didn't shoot where I aimed."
-
-Pepe jumped up; George rolled out of his blanket with one eye still
-glued shut; and Hal stretched and yawned and groaned.
-
-"Do I have to get up?" he asked.
-
-"Shore, lad," said Ken, mimicking Jim Williams, "or I'll hev to be
-reconsiderin' that idee of mine about you bein' pards with me."
-
-Such mention of Hal's ranger friend brought the boy out of his lazy bed
-with amusing alacrity.
-
-"Rustle breakfast, now, you fellows," said Ken, and, taking his rifle,
-he started off to climb the high river bluff.
-
-It was his idea to establish firmly in mind the trend of the
-mountain-range, and the relation of the river to it. The difficulty in
-mapping the river would come after it left the mountains to wind away
-into the wide lowlands. The matter of climbing the bluff would have
-been easy but for the fact that he wished to avoid contact with grass,
-brush, trees, even dead branches, as all were covered with ticks. The
-upper half of the bluff was bare, and when he reached that part he soon
-surmounted it. Ken faced south with something of eagerness.
-Fortunately the mist had dissolved under the warm rays of the sun,
-affording an unobstructed view. That scene was wild and haunting, yet
-different from what his fancy had pictured. The great expanse of jungle
-was gray, the green line of cypress, palm, and bamboo following the
-southward course of the river. The mountain-range some ten miles
-distant sloped to the south and faded away in the haze. The river
-disappeared in rich dark verdure, and but for it, which afforded a
-water-road back to civilization, Ken would have been lost in a dense
-gray-green overgrowth of tropical wilderness. Once or twice he thought
-he caught the faint roar of a waterfall on the morning breeze, yet could
-not be sure, and he returned toward camp with a sober appreciation of
-the difficulty of his enterprise and a more thrilling sense of its
-hazard and charm.
-
-"Didn't see anything to peg at, eh?" greeted Hal. "Well, get your teeth
-in some of this venison before it's all gone."
-
-Soon they were under way again, Pepe strong and willing at the oars.
-This time Ken had his rifle and shotgun close at hand, ready for use.
-Half a mile below, the river, running still and deep, entered a shaded
-waterway so narrow that in places the branches of wide-spreading and
-leaning cypresses met and intertwined their moss-fringed foliage. This
-lane was a paradise for birds, that ranged from huge speckled cranes,
-six feet high, to little yellow birds almost too small to see.
-
-Black squirrels were numerous and very tame. In fact, all the creatures
-along this shaded stream were so fearless that it was easy to see they
-had never heard a shot. Ken awoke sleepy cranes with his fishing-rod and
-once pushed a blue heron off a log. He heard animals of some species
-running back from the bank, out could not see them. All at once a soft
-breeze coming up-stream bore a deep roar of tumbling rapids. The
-sensation of dread which had bothered Ken occasionally now returned and
-fixed itself in his mind. He was in the jungle of Mexico, and knew not
-what lay ahead of him. But if he had been in the wilds of unexplored
-Brazil and had heard that roar, it would have been familiar to him. In
-his canoe experience on the swift streams of Pennsylvania Ken Ward had
-learned, long before he came to rapids, to judge what they were from the
-sound. His attention wandered from the beautiful birds, the moss-shaded
-bowers, and the overhanging jungle. He listened to the heavy, sullen
-roar of the rapids.
-
-"That water sounds different," remarked George.
-
-"Grande," said Pepe, with a smile.
-
-"Pretty heavy, Ken, eh?" asked Hal, looking quickly at his brother.
-
-But Ken Ward made his face a mask, and betrayed nothing of the grim
-nature of his thought. Pepe and the boys had little idea of danger, and
-they had now a blind faith in Ken.
-
-"I dare say we'll get used to that roar," replied Ken, easily, and he
-began to pack his guns away in their cases.
-
-Hal forgot his momentary anxiety; Pepe rowed on, leisurely; and George
-lounged in his seat. There was no menace for them in that dull,
-continuous roar.
-
-But Ken knew they would soon be in fast water and before long would drop
-down into the real wilderness. It was not now too late to go back up
-the river, but soon that would be impossible. Keeping a sharp lookout
-ahead, Ken revolved in mind the necessity for caution and skilful
-handling of the boat. But he realized, too, that overzealousness on the
-side of caution was a worse thing for such a trip than sheer
-recklessness. Good judgment in looking over rapids, a quick eye to pick
-the best channel, then a daring spirit--that was the ideal to be striven
-for in going down swift rivers.
-
-Presently Ken saw a break in the level surface of the water. He took
-Pepe's place at the oars, and, as usual, turned the boat stern first
-down-stream. The banks were low and shelved out in rocky points. This
-relieved Ken, for he saw that he could land just above the falls. What
-he feared was a narrow gorge impossible to portage round or go through.
-As the boat approached the break the roar seemed to divide itself,
-hollow and shallow near at hand, rushing and heavy farther on.
-
-Ken rowed close to the bank and landed on the first strip of rock. He
-got out and, walking along this ledge, soon reached the fall. It was a
-straight drop of some twelve or fifteen feet. The water was shallow all
-the way across.
-
-"Boys, this is easy," said Ken. "We'll pack the outfit round the fall,
-and slide the boat over."
-
-But Ken did not say anything about the white water extending below the
-fall as far as he could see. From here came the sullen roar that had
-worried him.
-
-Portaging the supplies around that place turned out to be far from easy.
-The portage was not long nor rugged, but the cracked, water-worn, rock
-made going very difficult. The boys often stumbled. Pepe fell and broke
-open a box, and almost broke his leg. Ken had a hard knock. Then, when
-it came to carrying the trunk, one at each corner, progress was
-laborious and annoying. Full two hours were lost in transporting the
-outfit around the fall.
-
-Below there was a wide, shelving apron, over which the water ran a foot
-or so in depth. Ken stationed Pepe and the boys there, and went up to
-get the boat. He waded out with it. Ken saw that his end of this
-business was going to be simple enough, but he had doubts as to what
-would happen to the boys.
-
-"Brace yourselves, now," he yelled. "When I drop her over she'll come
-a-humming. Hang on if she drags you a mile!"
-
-Wading out deeper Ken let the boat swing down with the current till the
-stern projected over the fall. He had trouble in keeping his footing,
-for the rock was slippery. Then with a yell he ran the stern far out
-over the drop, bore down hard on the bow, and shoved off.
-
-The boat shot out and down, to alight with a heavy souse. Then it
-leaped into the swift current. George got his hands on it first, and
-went down like a ninepin. The boat floated over him. The bow struck
-Hal, and would have dragged him away had not Pepe laid powerful hands on
-the stern. They waded to the lower ledge.
-
-"Didn't ship a bucketful," said Hal. "Fine work, Ken."
-
-"I got all the water," added the drenched and dripping George.
-
-"Bail out, boys, and repack, while I look below," said Ken.
-
-He went down-stream a little way to take a survey of the rapids. If
-those rapids had been back in Pennsylvania, Ken felt that he could have
-gone at them in delight. If the jungle country had been such that
-damage to boat or supplies could have been remedied or replaced, these
-rapids would not have appeared so bad. Ken walked up and down looking
-over the long white inclines more than was wise, and he hesitated about
-going into them. But it had to be done. So he went back to the boys.
-Then he took the oars with gripping fingers.
-
-"George, can you swim?" he asked.
-
-"I'm a second cousin to a fish," replied George.
-
-"All right. We're off. Now, if we upset, hang to the boat, if you can,
-and hold up your legs. George, tell Pepe."
-
-Ken backed the boat out from the shore. To his right in the middle of
-the narrow river was a racy current that he kept out of as long as
-possible. But presently he was drawn into it, and the boat shot
-forward, headed into the first incline, and went racing smoothly down
-toward the white waves of the rapids.
-
-This was a trying moment for Ken. Grip as hard as he might, the
-oar-handles slipped in his sweaty hands.
-
-The boys were yelling, but Ken could not hear for the din of roaring
-waters. The boat sailed down with swift, gliding motion. When it
-thumped into the back-lash of the first big waves the water threshed
-around and over the boys. Then they were in the thick of rush and roar.
-Ken knew he was not handling the boat well. It grazed stones that
-should have been easy to avoid, and bumped on hidden ones, and got half
-broadside to the current. Pepe, by quick action with an oar, pushed the
-stern aside from collision with more than one rock. Several times Ken
-missed a stroke when a powerful one was needed. He passed between
-stones so close together that he had to ship the oars. It was all rapid
-water, this stretch, but the bad places, with sunken rocks, falls, and
-big waves, were strung out at such distances apart that Ken had time to
-get the boat going right before entering them.
-
-Ken saw scarcely anything of the banks of the river. They blurred in
-his sight. Sometimes they were near, sometimes far. The boat turned
-corners where rocky ledges pointed out, constricting the stream and
-making a curved channel. What lay around the curve was always a
-question and a cause for suspense. Often the boat raced down a chute
-and straight toward a rocky wall. Ken would pull back with all his
-might, and Pepe would break the shock by striking the wall with his oar.
-
-More than once Pepe had a narrow escape from being knocked overboard.
-George tried to keep him from standing up. Finally at the end of a long
-rapid, Pepe, who had the stern-seat, jumped up and yelled. Ken saw a
-stone directly in the path of the boat, and he pulled back on the oars
-with a quick, strong jerk. Pepe shot out of the stern as if he had been
-flung from a catapult. He swam with the current while the boat drifted.
-He reached smooth water and the shore before Ken could pick him up.
-
-It was fun for everybody but Ken. There were three inches of water in
-the boat. The canvas, however, had been arranged to protect guns,
-grips, and supplies. George had been wet before he entered the rapids,
-so a little additional water did not matter to him. Hal was almost as
-wet as Pepe.
-
-"I'm glad that's past," said Ken.
-
-With that long rapid behind him he felt different. It was what he had
-needed. His nervousness disappeared and he had no dread of the next
-fall. While the boys bailed out the boat Ken rested and thought. He
-had made mistakes in that rapid just passed. Luck had favored him. He
-went over the mistakes and saw where he had been wrong, and how he could
-have avoided them if he had felt right. Ken realized now that this was
-a daredevil trip. And the daredevil in him had been shut up in dread.
-It took just that nervous dread, and the hard work, blunders and
-accidents, the danger and luck, to liberate the spirit that would make
-the trip a success. Pepe and George were loud in their praises of Ken.
-But they did not appreciate the real hazard of the undertaking, and if
-Hal did he was too much of a wild boy to care.
-
-"All aboard," called George.
-
-Then they were on their way again. Ken found himself listening for
-rapids. It was no surprise to hear a dull roar round the next bend.
-His hair rose stiffly under his hat. But this time he did not feel the
-chill, the uncertainty, the lack of confidence that had before weakened
-him.
-
-At the head of a long, shallow incline the boys tumbled overboard, Ken
-and Hal at the bow, Pepe and George at the stern. They waded with the
-bow up-stream. The water tore around their legs, rising higher and
-higher. Soon Pepe and George had to climb in the boat, for the water
-became so deep and swift they could not wade.
-
-"Jump in, Hal," called Ken.
-
-Then he held to the bow an instant longer, wading a little farther down.
-This was ticklish business, and all depended upon Ken. He got the stern
-of the boat straight in line with the channel he wanted to run, then he
-leaped aboard and made for the oars. The boat sped down. At the bottom
-of this incline was a mass of leaping green and white waves. The blunt
-stern of the boat made a great splash and the water flew over the boys.
-They came through the roar and hiss and spray to glide into a mill-race
-current.
-
-"Never saw such swift water!" exclaimed Ken.
-
-This incline ended in a sullen plunge between two huge rocks. Ken saw
-the danger long before it became evident to his companions. There was
-no other way to shoot the rapid. He could not reach the shore. He must
-pass between the rocks. Ken pushed on one oar, then on the other, till
-he got the boat in line, and then he pushed with both oars. The boat
-flew down that incline. It went so swiftly that if it had hit one of
-the rocks it would have been smashed to kindling wood. Hal crouched
-low. George's face was white. And Pepe leaned forward with his big
-arms outstretched, ready to try to prevent a collision.
-
-Down! down with the speed of the wind! The boat flashed between the
-black stones. Then it was raised aloft, light as a feather, to crash
-into the back-lashers. The din deafened Ken; the spray blinded him.
-The boat seemed to split a white pall of water, then, with many a
-bounce, drifted out of that rapid into little choppy waves, and from
-them into another long, smooth runway.
-
-Ken rested, and had nothing to say. Pepe shook his black head. Hal
-looked at his brother. George had forgotten his rifle. No one spoke.
-
-Soon Ken had more work on hand. For round another corner lay more fast
-water. The boat dipped on a low fall, and went down into the midst of
-green waves with here and there ugly rocks splitting the current. The
-stream-bed was continually new and strange to Ken, and he had never seen
-such queer formation of rocks. This rapid, however, was easy to
-navigate. A slanting channel of swift water connected it with another
-rapid. Ken backed into that one, passed through, only to face another.
-And so it went for a long succession of shallow rapids.
-
-A turn in the winding lane of cypresses revealed walls of gray, between
-which the river disappeared.
-
-"Aha!" muttered Ken.
-
-"Ken, I'll bet this is the place you've been looking for," said Hal.
-
-The absence of any roar of water emboldened Ken. Nearing the head of
-the ravine, he stood upon the seat and looked ahead. But Ken could not
-see many rods ahead. The ravine turned, and it was the deceiving turns
-in the river that he had feared. What a strange sensation Ken had when
-he backed the boat into the mouth of that gorge! He was forced against
-his will. Yet there seemed to be a kind of blood-tingling pleasure in
-the prospect.
-
-The current caught the boat and drew it between the gray-green walls of
-rock.
-
-"It's coming to us," said the doubtful George.
-
-The current ran all of six miles an hour. This was not half as fast as
-the boys had traveled in rapids, but it appeared swift enough because of
-the nearness of the overshadowing walls. In the shade the water took on
-a different coloring. It was brown and oily. It slid along silently.
-It was deep, and the swirling current suggested power. Here and there
-long, creeping ferns covered the steep stone sides, and above ran a
-stream of blue sky fringed by leaning palms. Once Hal put his hands to
-his lips and yelled: "Hel-lo!" The yell seemed to rip the silence and
-began to clap from wall to wall. It gathered quickness until it clapped
-in one fiendish rattle. Then it wound away from the passage, growing
-fainter and fainter, and at last died in a hollow echo.
-
-"Don't do that again," ordered Ken.
-
-He began to wish he could see the end of that gorge. But it grew
-narrower, and the shade changed to twilight, and there were no long,
-straight stretches. The river kept turning corners. Quick to note the
-slightest change in conditions, Ken felt a breeze, merely a zephyr, fan
-his hot face. The current had almost imperceptibly quickened. Yet it
-was still silent. Then on the gentle wind came a low murmur. Ken's
-pulse beat fast. Turning his ear down-stream, he strained his hearing.
-The low murmur ceased. Perhaps he had imagined it. Still he kept
-listening. There! Again it came, low, far away, strange. It might
-have been the wind in the palms. But no, he could not possibly persuade
-himself it was wind. And as that faint breeze stopped he lost the sound
-once more. The river was silent, and the boat, and the boys--it was a
-silent ride. Ken divined that his companions were enraptured. But this
-ride had no beauty, no charm for him.
-
-There! Another faint puff of wind, and again the low murmur! He
-fancied it was louder. He was beginning to feel an icy dread when all
-was still once more. So the boat drifted swiftly on with never a gurgle
-of water about her gunwales. The river gleamed in brown shadows. Ken
-saw bubbles rise and break on the surface, and there was a slight rise
-or swell of the water toward the center of the channel. This bothered
-him. He could not understand it. But then there had been many other
-queer formations of rock and freaks of current along this river.
-
-The boat glided on and turned another corner, the sharpest one yet. A
-long, shadowy water-lane, walled in to the very sides, opened up to
-Ken's keen gaze. The water here began to race onward, still wonderfully
-silent. And now the breeze carried a low roar. It was changeable yet
-persistent. It deepened.
-
-Once more Ken felt his hair rise under his hat. Cold sweat wet his
-skin. Despite the pounding of his heart and the throb of his veins, his
-blood seemed to clog, to freeze, to stand still.
-
-That roar was the roar of rapids. Impossible to go back! If there had
-been four sets of oars, Ken and his comrades could not row the heavy
-boat back up that swift, sliding river.
-
-They must go on.
-
-
-
-
- *X*
-
- *LOST!*
-
-
-"Ken, old man, do you hear that?" questioned Hal, waking from his
-trance.
-
-George likewise rose out of his lazy contentment. "Must be rapids," he
-muttered. "If we strike rapids in this gorge it's all day with us. What
-did I tell you!"
-
-Pepe's dark, searching eyes rested on Ken.
-
-But Ken had no word for any of them. He was fighting an icy numbness,
-and the weakness of muscle and the whirl of his mind. It was thought of
-responsibility that saved him from collapse.
-
-"It's up to you, old man," said Hal, quietly.
-
-In a moment like this the boy could not wholly be deceived.
-
-Ken got a grip upon himself. He looked down the long, narrow lane of
-glancing water. Some hundred yards on, it made another turn round a
-corner, and from this dim curve came the roar. The current was hurrying
-the boat toward it, but not fast enough to suit Ken. He wanted to see
-the worst, to get into the thick of it, to overcome it. So he helped
-the boat along. A few moments sufficed to cover that gliding stretch of
-river, yet to Ken it seemed never to have an end. The roar steadily
-increased. The current became still stronger. Ken saw eruptions of
-water rising as from an explosion beneath the surface. Whirlpools raced
-along with the boat. The dim, high walls re-echoed the roaring of the
-water.
-
-The first thing Ken saw when he sailed round that corner was a widening
-of the chasm and bright sunlight ahead. Perhaps an eighth of a mile
-below the steep walls ended abruptly. Next in quick glance he saw a
-narrow channel of leaping, tossing, curling white-crested waves under
-sunlighted mist and spray.
-
-Pulling powerfully back and to the left Ken brought the boat alongside
-the cliff. Then he shipped his oars.
-
-"Hold hard," he yelled, and he grasped the stone. The boys complied,
-and thus stopped the boat. Ken stood up on the seat. It was a bad
-place he looked down into, but he could not see any rocks. And rocks
-were what he feared most.
-
-"Hold tight, boys," he said. Then he got Pepe to come to him and sit on
-the seat. Ken stepped up on Pepe's shoulders and, by holding to the
-rock, was able to get a good view of the rapid. It was not a rapid at
-all, but a constriction of the channel, and also a steep slant. The
-water rushed down so swiftly to get through that it swelled in the
-center in a long frothy ridge of waves. The water was deep. Ken could
-not see any bumps or splits or white-wreathed rocks, such as were
-conspicuous in a rapid. The peril here for Ken was to let the boat hit
-the wall or turn broadside or get out of that long swelling ridge.
-
-He stepped down and turned to the white-faced boys. He had to yell
-close to them to make them hear him in the roar.
-
-"I--can--run--this--place. But--you've got--to help. Pull--the
-canvas--up higher in the stern--and hold it."
-
-Then he directed Pepe to kneel in the bow of the boat with an oar and be
-ready to push off from the walls.
-
-If Ken had looked again or hesitated a moment he would have lost his
-nerve. He recognized that fact. And he shoved off instantly. Once the
-boat had begun to glide down, gathering momentum, he felt his teeth
-grind hard and his muscles grow tense. He had to bend his head from
-side to side to see beyond the canvas George and Hal were holding round
-their shoulders. He believed with that acting as a buffer in the stern
-he could go pounding through those waves. Then he was in the middle of
-the channel, and the boat fairly sailed along. Ken kept his oars
-poised, ready to drop either one for a stroke. All he wanted was to
-enter those foaming, tumultuous waves with his boat pointed right. He
-knew he could not hope to see anything low down after he entered the
-race. He calculated that the last instant would give him an opportunity
-to get his direction in line with some object.
-
-Then, even as he planned it, the boat dipped on a beautiful glassy
-incline, and glided down toward the engulfing, roaring waves. Above
-them, just in the center, Ken caught sight of the tufted top of a
-palm-tree. That was his landmark!
-
-The boat shot into a great, curling, back-lashing wave. There was a
-heavy shock, a pause, and then Ken felt himself lifted high, while a
-huge sheet of water rose fan-shape behind the buffer in the stern.
-Walls and sky and tree faded under a watery curtain. Then the boat shot
-on again; the light came, the sky shone, and Ken saw his palm-tree. He
-pulled hard on the right oar to get the stern back in line. Another
-heavy shock, a pause, a blinding shower of water, and then the downward
-rush! Ken got a fleeting glimpse of his guiding mark, and sunk the left
-oar deep for a strong stroke. The beating of the waves upon the
-upraised oars almost threw him out of the boat. The wrestling waters
-hissed and bellowed. Down the boat shot and up, to pound and pound, and
-then again shoot down. Through the pall of mist and spray Ken always
-got a glimpse, quick as lightning, of the palm-tree, and like a demon he
-plunged in his oars to keep the boat in line. He was only dimly
-conscious of the awfulness of the place. But he was not afraid. He
-felt his action as being inspirited by something grim and determined.
-He was fighting the river.
-
-All at once a grating jar behind told him the bow had hit a stone or a
-wall. He did not dare look back. The most fleeting instant of time
-might be the one for him to see his guiding mark. Then the boat lurched
-under him, lifted high with bow up, and lightened. He knew Pepe had
-been pitched overboard.
-
-In spite of the horror of the moment, Ken realized that the lightening
-of the boat made it more buoyant, easier to handle. That weight in the
-bow had given him an unbalanced craft. But now one stroke here and one
-there kept the stern straight. The palm-tree loomed higher and closer
-through the brightening mist. Ken no longer felt the presence of the
-walls. The thunderous roar had begun to lose some of its volume. Then
-with a crash through a lashing wave the boat raced out into the open
-light. Ken saw a beautiful foam-covered pool, down toward which the
-boat kept bumping over a succession of diminishing waves.
-
-He gave a start of joy to see Pepe's black head bobbing in the choppy
-channel. Pepe had beat the boat to the outlet. He was swimming easily,
-and evidently he had not been injured.
-
-Ken turned the bow toward him. But Pepe did not need any help, and a
-few more strokes put him in shallow water. Ken discovered that the
-boat, once out of the current, was exceedingly loggy and hard to row.
-It was half full of water. Ken's remaining strength went to pull
-ashore, and there he staggered out and dropped on the rocky bank.
-
-The blue sky was very beautiful and sweet to look at just then. But Ken
-had to close his eyes. He did not have strength left to keep them open.
-For a while all seemed dim and obscure to him. Then he felt a
-dizziness, which in turn succeeded to a racing riot of his nerves and
-veins. His heart gradually resumed a normal beat, and his bursting
-lungs seemed to heal. A sickening languor lay upon him. He could not
-hold little stones which he felt under his fingers. He could not raise
-his hands. The life appeared to have gone from his legs.
-
-All this passed, at length, and, hearing Hal's voice, Ken sat up. The
-outfit was drying in the sun; Pepe was bailing out the boat; George was
-wiping his guns; and Hal was nursing a very disheveled little racoon.
-
-"You can bring on any old thing now, for all I care," said Hal. "I'd
-shoot Lachine Rapids with Ken at the oars."
-
-"He's a fine boatman," replied George. "Weren't you scared when we were
-in the middle of that darned place?"
-
-"Me? Naw!"
-
-"Well, I was scared, and don't you forget it," said Ken to them.
-
-"You were all in, Ken," replied Hal. "Never saw you so tuckered out.
-The day you and Prince went after the cougar along that canon
-precipice--you were all in that time. George, it took Ken six hours to
-climb out of that hole."
-
-"Tell me about it," said George, all eyes.
-
-"No stories now," put in Ken. "The sun is still high. We've got to be
-on our way. Let's look over the lay of the land."
-
-Below the pool was a bold, rocky bluff, round which the river split.
-What branch to take was a matter of doubt and anxiety to Ken. Evidently
-this bluff was an island. It had a yellow front and long bare ledges
-leading into the river.
-
-Ken climbed the bluff, accompanied by the boys, and found it covered
-with palm-trees. Up there everything was so dry and hot that it did not
-seem to be jungle at all. Even the palms were yellow and parched. Pepe
-stood the heat, but the others could not endure it. Ken took one long
-look at the surrounding country, so wild and dry and still, and then led
-the way down the loose, dusty shelves.
-
-Thereupon he surveyed the right branch of the river and followed it a
-little distance. The stream here foamed and swirled among jagged rocks.
-At the foot of this rapid stretched the first dead water Ken had
-encountered for miles. A flock of wild geese rose from under his feet
-and flew down-stream.
-
-"Geese!" exclaimed Ken. "I wonder if that means we are getting down
-near lagoons or big waters. George, wild geese don't frequent little
-streams, do they?"
-
-"There's no telling where you'll find them in this country," answered
-George. "I've chased them right in our orange groves."
-
-They returned to look at the left branch of the river. It was open and
-one continuous succession of low steps. That would have decided Ken
-even if the greater volume of water had not gone down on this left side.
-As far as he could see was a wide, open river running over little
-ledges. It looked to be the easiest and swiftest navigation he had come
-upon, and so indeed it proved. The water was swift, and always dropped
-over some ledge in a rounded fall that was safe for him to shoot. It
-was great fun going over these places. The boys hung their feet over
-the gunwales most of the time, sliding them along the slippery ledge or
-giving a kick to help the momentum. When they came to a fall, Ken would
-drop off the bow, hold the boat back and swing it straight, then jump
-in, and over it would go--souse!
-
-There were so many of these ledges, and they were so close together,
-that going over them grew to be a habit. It induced carelessness. The
-boat drifted to a brow of a fall full four feet high. Ken, who was at
-the bow. leaped off just in time to save the boat. He held on while the
-swift water surged about his knees. He yelled for the boys to jump. As
-the stern where they sat was already over the fall it was somewhat
-difficult to make the boys vacate quickly enough.
-
-"Tumble out! Quick!" bawled Ken. "Do you think I'm Samson?"
-
-Over they went, up to their necks in the boiling foam, and not a second
-too soon, for Ken could hold the boat no longer. It went over smoothly,
-just dipping the stern under water. If the boys had remained aboard,
-the boat would have swamped. As it was, Pepe managed to catch the rope,
-which Ken had wisely thrown out, and he drifted down to the next ledge.
-Ken found this nearly as high as the last one. So he sent the boys
-below to catch the boat. This worked all right. The shelves slanted
-slightly, with the shallow part of the water just at the break of the
-ledge. They passed half a dozen of these, making good time, and before
-they knew it were again in a deep, smooth jungle lane with bamboo and
-streamers of moss waving over them.
-
-The shade was cool, and Ken settled down in the stern-seat, grateful for
-a rest. To his surprise, he did not see a bird. The jungle was asleep.
-Once or twice Ken fancied he heard the tinkle and gurgle of water
-running over rocks. The boat glided along silently, with Pepe rowing
-leisurely, George asleep, Hal dreaming.
-
-Ken watched the beautiful green banks. They were high, a mass of
-big-leafed vines, flowering and fragrant, above which towered the jungle
-giants. Ken wanted to get out and study those forest trees. But he
-made no effort to act upon his good intentions, and felt that he must
-take the most of his forestry study at long range. He was reveling in
-the cool recesses under the leaning cypresses, in the soft swish of
-bearded moss, and the strange rustle of palms, in the dreamy hum of the
-resting jungle, when his pleasure was brought to an abrupt end.
-
-"Santa Maria!" yelled Pepe.
-
-George woke up with a start. Hal had been jarred out of his day-dream,
-and looked resentful. Ken gazed about him with the feeling of a man
-going into a trance, instead of coming out of one.
-
-The boat was fast on a mud-bank. That branch of the river ended right
-there. The boys had come all those miles to run into a blind pocket.
-
-Ken's glance at the high yellow bank, here crumbling and bare, told him
-there was no outlet. He had a sensation of blank dismay.
-
-"Gee!" exclaimed Hal, softly.
-
-George rubbed his eyes; and, searching for a cigarette, he muttered:
-"We're lost! I said it was coming to us. We've got to go back!"
-
-
-
-
- *XI*
-
- *AN ARMY OF SNAKES*
-
-
-For a moment Ken Ward was utterly crushed under the weight of this
-sudden blow. It was so sudden that he had no time to think; or his mind
-was clamped on the idea of attempting to haul the boat up that long,
-insurmountable series of falls.
-
-"It 'll be an awful job," burst out Hal.
-
-No doubt in the mind of each boy was the same idea--the long haul,
-wading over slippery rocks; the weariness of pushing legs against the
-swift current; the packing of supplies uphill; and then the toil of
-lifting the heavy boat up over a fall.
-
-"Mucho malo," said Pepe, and he groaned. That was significant, coming
-from a _mozo_, who thought nothing of rowing forty miles in a day.
-
-"Oh, but it's tough luck," cried Ken. "Why didn't I choose the right
-branch of this pesky river?"
-
-"I think you used your head at that," said Hal. "Most of the water came
-down on this side. Where did it go?"
-
-Hal had hit the vital question, and it cleared Ken's brain.
-
-"Hal, you're talking sense. Where did that water go? It couldn't all
-have sunk into the earth. We'll find out. We won't try to go back. We
-_can't_ go back."
-
-Pepe shoved off the oozy mud, and, reluctantly, as if he appreciated the
-dilemma, he turned the boat and rowed along the shore. As soon as Ken
-had recovered somewhat he decided there must be an outlet which he had
-missed. This reminded him that at a point not far back he had heard the
-tinkle and gurgle of unseen water flowing over rocks.
-
-He directed Pepe to row slowly along the bank that he thought was the
-island side. As they glided under the drooping bamboos and silky
-curtains of moss George began to call out: "Low bridge! Low bridge!"
-For a boy who was forever voicing ill-omened suggestions as to what
-might soon happen he was extraordinarily cheerful.
-
-There were places where all had to lie flat and others where Pepe had to
-use his _machete_. This disturbed the _siesta_ of many aquatic birds,
-most of which flew swiftly away. But there were many of the
-gray-breasted, blue-backed bitterns that did not take to flight. These
-croaked dismally, and looked down upon the boys with strange, protruding
-eyes.
-
-"Those darn birds 'll give me the willies," declared Hal. "George, you
-just look like them when you croak about what's coming to us."
-
-"Just wait!" retorted George. "It 'll come, all right. Then I'll have
-the fun of seeing you scared silly."
-
-"What! You'll not do anything of the kind!" cried Hal, hotly. "I've
-been in places where such--such a skinny little sap-head as you--"
-
-"Here, you kids stop wrangling," ordered Ken, who sensed hostilities in
-the air. "We've got trouble enough."
-
-Suddenly Ken signaled Pepe to stop rowing.
-
-"Boys, I hear running water. Aha! Here's a current. See--it's making
-right under this bank."
-
-Before them was a high wall of broad-leaved vines, so thick that nothing
-could be seen through them. Apparently this luxuriant canopy concealed
-the bank. Pepe poked an oar into it, but found nothing solid.
-
-"Pepe, cut a way through. We've got to see where this water runs."
-
-It was then that Ken came to a full appreciation of a _machete_. He had
-often fancied it a much less serviceable tool than an ax. Pepe flashed
-the long, bright blade up, down, and around, and presently the boat was
-its own length in a green tunnel. Pepe kept on slashing while Ken poled
-the boat in and the other boys dumped the cut foliage overboard. Soon
-they got through this mass of hanging vine and creeper. Much to Ken's
-surprise and delight, he found no high bank, but low, flat ground,
-densely wooded, through which ran a narrow, deep outlet of the river.
-
-"By all that's lucky!" ejaculated Ken.
-
-George and Hal whooped their pleasure, and Pepe rubbed his muscular
-hands. Then all fell silent. The deep, penetrating silence of that
-jungle was not provocative of speech. The shade was so black that when a
-ray of sunlight did manage to pierce the dense canopy overhead it
-resembled a brilliant golden spear. A few lofty palms and a few clumps
-of bamboo rather emphasized the lack of these particular species in this
-forest. Nor was there any of the familiar streaming moss hanging from
-the trees. This glen was green, cool, dark. It did not smell exactly
-swampy, but rank, like a place where many water plants were growing.
-
-[Illustration: KEN SHOT TWICE AT THE HEAD OF THE SNAKE]
-
-The outlet was so narrow that Ken was not able to use the oars. Still,
-as the current was swift, the boat went along rapidly. He saw a light
-ahead and heard the babble of water. The current quickened, and the
-boat drifted suddenly upon the edge of an oval glade, where the hot sun
-beat down. A series of abrupt mossy benches, over which the stream slid
-almost noiselessly, blocked further progress.
-
-The first thing about this glade that Ken noted particularly, after the
-difficulties presented by the steep steps, was the multitude of snakes
-sunning themselves along the line of further progress.
-
-"Boys, it 'll be great wading down there, hey?" he queried.
-
-Pepe grumbled for the first time on the trip. Ken gathered from the
-native's looks and speech that he did not like snakes.
-
-"Watch me peg 'em!" yelled Hal, and he began to throw stones with
-remarkable accuracy. "Hike, you brown sons-of-guns!"
-
-George, not to be outdone, made a dive for his .22 and began to pop as
-if he had no love for snakes. Ken had doubts about this species. The
-snakes were short, thick, dull brown in color, and the way they slipped
-into the stream proved they were water-snakes. Ken had never read of a
-brown water-moccasin, so he doubted that these belonged to that
-poisonous family. Anyway, snakes were the least of his troubles.
-
-"Boys, you're doing fine," he said. "There are about a thousand snakes
-there, and you've hit about six."
-
-He walked down through the glade into the forest, and was overjoyed to
-hear once more the heavy roar of rapids. He went on. The timber grew
-thinner, and light penetrated the jungle. Presently he saw the gleam of
-water through the trees. Then he hurried back.
-
-"All right, boys," he shouted. "Here's the river."
-
-The boys were so immensely relieved that packing the outfit round the
-waterfalls was work they set about with alacrity. Ken, who had on his
-boots, broke a trail through the ferns and deep moss. Pepe, being
-barefoot, wasted time looking for snakes. George teased him. But Pepe
-was deadly serious. And the way he stepped and looked made Ken
-thoughtful. He had made his last trip with supplies, and was about to
-start back to solve the problem of getting the boat down, when a hoarse
-yell resounded through the sleeping jungle. Parrots screeched, and
-other birds set up a cackling.
-
-Ken bounded up the slope.
-
-"Santa Maria!" cried Pepe.
-
-Ken followed the direction indicated by Pepe's staring eyes and
-trembling finger. Hanging from a limb of a tree was a huge black-snake.
-It was as thick as Ken's leg. The branch upon which it poised its neck
-so gracefully was ten feet high, and the tail curled into the ferns on
-the ground.
-
-"Boys, it's one of the big fellows," cried Ken.
-
-"Didn't I tell you!" yelled George, running down for his gun.
-
-Hal seemed rooted to the spot. Pepe began to jabber. Ken watched the
-snake, and felt instinctively from its sinister looks that it was
-dangerous. George came running back with his .32 and waved it in the
-air as he shot. He was so frightened that he forgot to aim. Ken took
-the rifle from him.
-
-"You can't hit him with this. Run after your shotgun. Quick!"
-
-But the sixteen-gage was clogged with a shell that would not eject.
-Ken's guns were in their cases.
-
-"Holy smoke!" cried George. "He's coming down."
-
-The black-snake moved his body and began to slide toward the tree-trunk.
-
-Ken shot twice at the head of the snake. It was a slow-swaying mark hard
-to hit. The reptile stopped and poised wonderfully on the limb. He was
-not coiled about it, but lay over it with about four feet of neck
-waving, swaying to and fro. He watched the boys, and his tongue, like a
-thin, black streak, darted out viciously.
-
-Ken could not hit the head, so he sent a bullet through the thick part
-of the body. Swift as a gleam the snake darted from the limb.
-
-"Santa Maria!" yelled Pepe, and he ran off.
-
-"Look out, boys," shouted Ken. He picked up Pepe's _machete_ and took
-to his heels. George and Hal scrambled before him. They ran a hundred
-yards or more, and Ken halted in an open rocky spot. He was angry, and
-a little ashamed that he had run. The snake did not pursue, and
-probably was as badly frightened as the boys had been. Pepe stopped
-some distance away, and Hal and George came cautiously back.
-
-"I don't see anything of him," said Ken. "I'm going back."
-
-He walked slowly, keeping a sharp outlook, and, returning to the glade,
-found blood-stains under the tree. The snake had disappeared without
-leaving a trail.
-
-"If I'd had my shotgun ready!" exclaimed Ken, in disgust. And he made a
-note that in the future he would be prepared to shoot.
-
-"Wasn't he a whopper, Ken?" said Hal. "We ought to have got his hide.
-What a fine specimen!"
-
-"Boys, you drive away those few little snakes while I figure on a way to
-get the boat down."
-
-"Not on your life!" replied Hal.
-
-George ably sustained Hal's objection.
-
-"Mucho malo," said Pepe, and then added a loud "No" in English.
-
-"All right, my brave comrades," rejoined Ken, scornfully. "As I've not
-done any work yet or taken any risks, I'll drive the snakes away."
-
-With Pepe's _machete_ he cut a long forked pole, trimmed it, and, armed
-with this weapon, he assaulted the rolls and bands and balls of brown
-snakes. He stalked boldly down upon them, pushed and poled, and even
-kicked them off the mossy banks. Hal could not stand that, and
-presently he got a pole and went to Ken's assistance.
-
-"Who's hollering now?" he yelled to George.
-
-Whereupon George cut a long branch and joined the battle. They whacked
-and threshed and pounded, keeping time with yells. Everywhere along the
-wet benches slipped and splashed the snakes. But after they were driven
-into the water they did not swim away. They dove under the banks and
-then stretched out their pointed heads from the dripping edge of moss.
-
-"Say, fellows, we're making it worse for us," declared Ken. "See, the
-brown devils won't swim off. We'd better have left them on the bank.
-Let's catch one and see if he'll bite."
-
-He tried to pick up one on his pole, but it slipped off. George fished
-after another. Hal put the end of his stick down inside the coil of
-still another and pitched it. The brown, wriggling, wet snake shot
-straight at the unsuspecting George, and struck him and momentarily
-wound about him.
-
-"Augrrh!" bawled George, flinging off the reptile and leaping back.
-"What 'd you do that for? I'll punch you!"
-
-"George, he didn't mean it," said Ken. "It was an accident. Come on,
-let's tease that fellow and see if he'll bite."
-
-The snake coiled and raised his flat head and darted a wicked tongue out
-and watched with bright, beady eyes, but he did not strike. Ken went as
-close as he thought safe and studied the snake.
-
-"Boys, his head isn't a triangle, and there are no little pits under his
-eyes. Those are two signs of a poisonous snake. I don't believe this
-fellow's one."
-
-"He'll be a dead snake, b' gosh," replied George, and he fell to
-pounding it with his pole.
-
-"Don't smash him. I want the skin," yelled Hal.
-
-Ken pondered on the situation before him.
-
-"Come, the sooner we get at this the better," he said.
-
-There was a succession of benches through which the stream zigzagged and
-tumbled. These benches were rock ledges over which moss had grown fully
-a foot thick, and they were so oozy and slippery that it was no easy
-task to walk upon them. Then they were steep, so steep that it was
-remarkable how the water ran over them so smoothly, with very little
-noise or break. It was altogether a new kind of waterfall to Ken. But
-if the snakes had not been hidden there, navigation would have presented
-an easier problem.
-
-"Come on boys, alongside now, and hold back," he ordered, gripping the
-bow.
-
-Exactly what happened the next few seconds was not clear in his mind.
-There was a rush, and all were being dragged by the boat. The glade
-seemed to whizz past. There were some sodden thumps, a great splashing,
-a check--and lo! they were over several benches. It was the quickest
-and easiest descent he had ever made down a steep waterfall.
-
-"Fine!" ejaculated George, wiping the ooze from his face.
-
-"Yes, it was fine," Ken replied. "But unless this boat has wings
-something 'll happen soon."
-
-Below was a long, swift curve of water, very narrow and steep, with a
-moss-covered rock dividing the lower end. Ken imagined if there was a
-repetition of the first descent the boat would be smashed on that rock.
-He ordered Pepe, who was of course the strongest, to go below and jump
-to the rock. There he might prevent a collision.
-
-Pepe obeyed, but as he went he yelled and doubled up in contortions as
-he leaped over snakes in the moss.
-
-Then gently, gingerly the boys started the boat off the bench, where it
-had lodged. George was at the stern, Ken and Hal at the bow. Suddenly
-Hal shrieked and jumped straight up, to land in the boat.
-
-"Snakes!" he howled.
-
-"Give us a rest!" cried Ken, in disgust.
-
-The boat moved as if instinct with life. It dipped, then--_wheeze!_ it
-dove over the bench. Hal was thrown off his feet, fell back on the
-gunwale, and thence into the snaky moss. George went sprawling face
-downward into the slimy ooze, and Ken was jerked clear off the bench
-into the stream. He got his footing and stood firm in water to his
-waist, and he had the bow-rope coiled round his hands.
-
-"Help! Help!" he yelled, as he felt the dragging weight too much for
-him.
-
-If Ken retarded the progress of the boat at all, it was not much.
-George saw his distress and the danger menacing the boat, and he leaped
-valiantly forward. As he dashed down a slippery slant his feet flew up
-higher than where his head had been; he actually turned over in the air,
-and fell with a great sop.
-
-Hal had been trying to reach Ken, but here he stopped and roared with
-laughter.
-
-Despite Ken's anger and fear of snakes, and his greater fear for the
-boat, he likewise had to let out a peal of laughter. That tumble of
-George's was great. Then Ken's footing gave way and he went down. His
-mouth filled with nasty water, nearly strangling him. He was almost
-blinded, too. His arms seemed to be wrenched out of their sockets, and
-he felt himself bumping over moss-covered rocks as soft as cushions.
-Slimy ropes or roots of vegetation, that felt like snakes, brushed his
-face and made him cold and sick. It was impossible to hold the boat any
-longer. He lodged against a stone, and the swift water forced him upon
-it. Blinking and coughing, he stuck fast.
-
-Ken saw the boat headed like a dart for the rock where Pepe stood.
-
-"Let 'er go!" yelled Ken. "Don't try to stop her. Pepe, you'll be
-smashed!"
-
-Pepe acted like a man determined to make up for past cowardice. He made
-a great show of brave intentions. He was not afraid of a boat. He
-braced himself and reached out with his brawny arms. Ken feared for the
-obstinate native's life, for the boat moved with remarkable velocity.
-
-At the last second Pepe's courage vanished. He turned tail to get out of
-the way. But he slipped. The boat shot toward him and the blunt stern
-struck him with a dull thud. Pepe sailed into the air, over the rock,
-and went down cleaving the water.
-
-The boat slipped over the stone as easily as if it had been a wave and,
-gliding into still water below, lodged on the bank.
-
-Ken crawled out of the stream, and when he ascertained that no one was
-injured he stretched himself on the ground and gave up to mirth. Pepe
-resembled a drowned rat; Hal was an object to wonder at; and George, in
-his coating of slime and with strings of moss in his hair, was the
-funniest thing Ken had ever seen. It was somewhat of a surprise to him
-to discover, presently, that the boys were convulsed with fiendish glee
-over the way he himself looked.
-
-By and by they recovered, and, with many a merry jest and chuckle of
-satisfaction, they repacked the boat and proceeded on their way. No
-further obstacle hindered them. They drifted out of the shady jungle
-into the sunlit river.
-
-In half a mile of drifting the heat of the sun dried the boys' clothes.
-The water was so hot that it fairly steamed. Once more the boat entered
-a placid aisle over which the magnificent gray-wreathed cypresses bowed,
-and the west wind waved long ribbons of moss, and wild fowl winged
-reluctant flight.
-
-Ken took advantage of this tranquil stretch of river to work on his map.
-He realized that he must use every spare moment and put down his
-drawings and notes as often as time and travel permitted. It had dawned
-on Ken that rapids and snakes, and all the dangers along the river, made
-his task of observation and study one apt to be put into eclipse at
-times. Once or twice he landed on shore to climb a bluff, and was
-pleased each time to see that he had lined a comparatively true course
-on his map. He had doubts of its absolute accuracy, yet he could not
-help having pride in his work. So far so good, he thought, and hoped
-for good-fortune farther down the river.
-
-
-
-
- *XII*
-
- *CATCHING STRANGE FISH*
-
-
-Beyond a bend in the river the boys came upon an island with a narrow,
-shaded channel on one side, a wide shoal on the other, and a group of
-huge cypresses at the up-stream end.
-
-"Looks good to me," said Hal.
-
-The instant Ken saw the island he knew it was the place he had long been
-seeking to make a permanent camp for a few days. They landed, to find an
-ideal camping site. The ground under the cypresses was flat, dry, and
-covered with short grass. Not a ray of sunlight penetrated the foliage.
-A pile of driftwood had lodged against one of the trees, and this made
-easy the question of fire-wood.
-
-"Great!" exclaimed Ken. "Come on, let's look over the ground."
-
-The island was about two hundred yards long, and the lower end was
-hidden by a growth of willows. Bursting through this, the boys saw a
-weedy flat leading into a wide, shallow back-eddy. Great numbers of
-ducks were sporting and feeding. The stones of the rocky shore were
-lined with sleeping ducks. Herons of all colors and sizes waded about,
-or slept on one leg. Snipe ran everywhere. There was a great squawking
-and flapping of wings. But at least half the number of waterfowl were
-too tame or too lazy to fly.
-
-Ken returned to camp with his comrades, all highly elated over the
-prospects. The best feature about this beautiful island was the absence
-of ticks and snakes.
-
-"Boys, this is the place," said Ken. "We'll hang up here for a while.
-Maybe we won't strike another such nice place to stay."
-
-So they unloaded the boat, taking everything out, and proceeded to pitch
-a camp that was a delight. They were all loud in expressions of
-satisfaction. Then Pepe set about leisurely peeling potatoes; George
-took his gun and slipped off toward the lower end of the island; Hal
-made a pen for his racoon, and then more pens, as if he meant to capture
-a menagerie; and Ken made a comfortable lounging-bed under a cypress.
-He wanted to forget that nagging worry as to farther descent of the
-river, and to enjoy this place.
-
-"Bang!" went George's sixteen-gage. A loud whirring of wings followed,
-and the air was full of ducks.
-
-"Never touched one!" yelled Hal, in taunting voice.
-
-A flock of teal skimmed the water and disappeared up-stream. The shot
-awakened parrots in the trees, where for a while there was clamor. Ken
-saw George wade out into the shoal and pick up three ducks.
-
-"Pot-shot!" exclaimed Hal, disgustedly. "Why couldn't he be a sport and
-shoot them on the fly?"
-
-George crossed to the opposite shore and, climbing a bare place, stood
-looking before him.
-
-"Hey, George, don't go far," called Ken.
-
-"Fine place over here," replied George, and, waving his hand, he passed
-into the bushes out of sight.
-
-Ken lay back upon his blanket with a blissful sense of rest and
-contentment. Many a time he had lain so, looking up through the broad
-leaves of a sycamore or the lacy foliage of a birch or the delicate
-crisscross of millions of pine needles. This overhead canopy, however,
-was different. Only here and there could he catch little slivers of
-blue sky. The graceful streamers of exquisite moss hung like tassels of
-silver. In the dead stillness of noonday they seemed to float curved in
-the shape in which the last soft breeze had left them. High upon a
-branch he saw a red-headed parrot hanging back downward, after the
-fashion of a monkey. Then there were two parrots asleep in the fork of
-a branch. It was the middle of the day, and all things seemed tired and
-sleepy. The deep channel murmured drowsily, and the wide expanse of
-river on the other side lapped lazily at the shore. The only other
-sound was the mourning of turtle-doves, one near and another far away.
-Again the full richness, the mellow sweetness of this song struck Ken
-forcibly. He remembered that all the way down the river he had heard
-that mournful note. It was beautiful but melancholy. Somehow it made
-him think that it had broken the dreamy stillness of the jungle noonday
-long, long ago. It was sweet but sad and old. He did not like to hear
-it.
-
-Ken yielded to the soothing influence of the hour and fell asleep. When
-he awoke there was George, standing partially undressed and very soberly
-popping ticks. He had enlisted the services of Pepe, and, to judge from
-the remarks of both, they needed still more assistance.
-
-"Say, Garrapato George, many ticks over there?"
-
-"Ticks!" shouted George, wildly, waving his cigarette. "Millions of
-'em! And there's--ouch! Kill that one, Pepe. Wow! he's as big as a
-penny. There's game over there. It's a flat with some kind of berry
-bush. There's lots of trails. I saw cat-tracks, and I scared up wild
-turkeys--"
-
-"Turkeys!" Ken exclaimed, eagerly.
-
-"You bet. I saw a dozen. How they can run! I didn't flush them. Then
-I saw a flock of those black and white ducks, like the big fellow I
-shot. They were feeding. I believe they're Muscovy ducks."
-
-"I'm sure I don't know, but we can call them that."
-
-"Well, I'd got a shot, too, but I saw some gray things sneaking in the
-bushes. I thought they were pigs, so I got out of there quick."
-
-"You mean javelin?"
-
-"Yep, I mean wild pigs. Oh! We've struck the place for game. I'll bet
-it's coming to us."
-
-When George anticipated pleasurable events he was the most happy of
-companions. It was good to look forward. He was continually expecting
-things to happen; he was always looking ahead with great eagerness. But
-unfortunately he had a twist of mind toward the unfavorable side of
-events, and so always had the boys fearful.
-
-"Well, pigs or no pigs, ticks or no ticks, we'll hunt and fish, and see
-all there is to see," declared Ken, and he went back to his lounging.
-
-When he came out of that lazy spell, George and Hal were fishing.
-George had Ken's rod, and it happened to be the one Ken thought most of.
-
-"Do you know how to fish?" he asked.
-
-"I've caught tarpon bigger'n you," retorted George.
-
-That fact was indeed too much for Ken, and he had nothing to do but risk
-his beloved rod in George's hands. And the way George swung it about,
-slashed branches with it, dropped the tip in the water, was exceedingly
-alarming to Ken. The boy would break the tip in a minute. Yet Ken
-could not take his rod away from a boy who had caught tarpon.
-
-There were fish breaking water. Where a little while before the river
-had been smooth, now it was ruffled by _ravalo_, gar, and other fish
-Pepe could not name. But George and Hal did not get a bite. They tried
-all their artificial flies and spoons and minnows, then the preserved
-mullet, and finally several kinds of meat.
-
-"Bah! they want pie," said Hal.
-
-For Ken Ward to see little and big fish capering around under his very
-nose and not be able to hook one was exasperating. He shot a small
-fish, not unlike a pickerel, and had the boys bait with that. Still no
-strike was forthcoming.
-
-This put Ken on his mettle. He rigged up a minnow tackle, and, going to
-the lower end of the island, he tried to catch some minnows. There were
-plenty of them in the shallow water, but they would not bite. Finally
-Ken waded in the shoal and turned over stones. He found some snails
-almost as large as mussels, and with these he hurried back to the boys.
-
-"Here, if you don't get a bite on one of these I'm no fisherman," said
-Ken. "Try one."
-
-George got his hands on the new bait in advance of Hal and so threw his
-hook into the water first. No sooner had the bait sunk than he got a
-strong pull.
-
-"There! Careful now," said Ken.
-
-George jerked up, hooking a fish that made the rod look like a
-buggy-whip.
-
-"Give me the rod," yelled Ken, trying to take it.
-
-"It's my fish," yelled back George.
-
-He held on and hauled with all his might. A long, finely built fish,
-green as emerald, split the water and churned it into foam. Then,
-sweeping out in strong dash, it broke Ken's rod square in the middle.
-Ken eyed the wreck with sorrow, and George with no little disapproval.
-
-"You said you knew how to fish," protested Ken.
-
-"Those split-bamboo rods are no good," replied George. "They won't hold
-a fish."
-
-"George, you're a grand fisherman!" observed Hal, with a chuckle. "Why,
-you only dreamed you've caught tarpon."
-
-Just then Hal had a tremendous strike. He was nearly hauled off the
-bank. But he recovered his balance and clung to his nodding rod. Hal's
-rod was heavy cane, and his line was thick enough to suit. So nothing
-broke. The little brass reel buzzed and rattled.
-
-"I've got a whale!" yelled Hal.
-
-"It's a big gar--alligator-gar," said George. "You haven't got him.
-He's got you."
-
-The fish broke water, showing long, open jaws with teeth like saw-teeth.
-It threshed about and broke away. Hal reeled in to find the hook
-straightened out. Then George kindly commented upon the very skilful
-manner in which Hal had handled the gar. For a wonder Hal did not reply.
-
-By four o'clock, when Ken sat down to supper, he was so thirsty that his
-mouth puckered as dry as if he had been eating green persimmons. This
-matter of thirst had become serious. Twice each day Ken had boiled a
-pot of water, into which he mixed cocoa, sugar, and condensed milk, and
-begged the boys to drink that and nothing else. Nevertheless Pepe and
-George, and occasionally Hal, would drink unboiled water. For this meal
-the boys had venison and duck, and canned vegetables and fruit, so they
-fared sumptuously.
-
-Pepe pointed to a string of Muscovy ducks sailing up the river. George
-had a good shot at the tail end of the flock, and did not even loosen a
-feather. Then a line of cranes and herons passed over the island. When
-a small bunch of teal flew by, to be followed by several canvasbacks,
-Ken ran for his shotgun. It was a fine hammerless, a hard-shooting gun,
-and one Ken used for grouse-hunting. In his hurry he grasped a handful
-of the first shells he came to and, when he ran to the river-bank, found
-they were loads of small shot. He decided to try them anyhow.
-
-While Pepe leisurely finished the supper Ken and George and Hal sat on
-the bank watching for ducks. Just before the sun went down a hard wind
-blew, making difficult shooting. Every few moments ducks would whir by.
-George's gun missed fire often, and when it did work all right, he
-missed the ducks. To Ken's surprise he found the load of small shot
-very deadly. He could sometimes reach a duck at eighty yards. The
-little brown ducks and teal he stopped as if they had hit a stone wall.
-He dropped a canvasback with the sheer dead plunge that he liked. Ken
-thought a crippled duck enough to make a hunter quit shooting. With six
-ducks killed, he decided to lay aside his gun for that time, when Pepe
-pointed down the river.
-
-"Pato real," he said.
-
-Ken looked eagerly and saw three of the big black ducks flying as high
-as the treetops and coming fast. Snapping a couple of shells in the
-gun, Ken stood ready. At the end of the island two of the ducks wheeled
-to the left, but the big leader came on like a thunderbolt. To Ken he
-made a canvasback seem slow. Ken caught him over the sights of the gun,
-followed him up till he was abreast and beyond; then, sweeping a little
-ahead of him, Ken pulled both triggers. The Muscovy swooped up and
-almost stopped in his flight while a cloud of black feathers puffed away
-on the wind. He sagged a little, recovered, and flew on as strong as
-ever. The small shot were not heavy enough to stop him.
-
-"We'll need big loads for the Muscovies and the turkeys," said George.
-
-"We've all sizes up to BB's," replied Ken. "George, let's take a walk
-over there where you saw the turkeys. It's early yet."
-
-Then Pepe told George if they wanted to see game at that hour the thing
-to do was to sit still in camp and watch the game come down to the river
-to drink. And he pointed down-stream to a herd of small deer quietly
-walking out on the bar.
-
-"After all the noise we made!" exclaimed Ken. "Well, this beats me.
-George, we'll stay right here and not shoot again to-night. I've an
-idea we'll see something worth while."
-
-It was Pepe's idea, but Ken instantly saw its possibilities. There were
-no tributaries to the river or springs in that dry jungle, and, as
-manifestly the whole country abounded in game, it must troop down to the
-river in the cool of the evening to allay the hot day's thirst. The
-boys were perfectly situated for watching the dark bank on the channel
-side of the island as well as the open bars on the other. The huge
-cypresses cast shadows that even in daylight effectually concealed them.
-They put out the camp-fire and, taking comfortable seats in the folds of
-the great gnarled roots, began to watch and listen.
-
-The vanguard of thirsty deer had prepared Ken for something remarkable,
-and he was in no wise disappointed. The trooping of deer down to the
-water's edge and the flight of wild fowl up-stream increased in
-proportion to the gathering shadows of twilight. The deer must have got
-a scent, for they raised their long ears and stood still as statues,
-gazing across toward the upper end of the island. But they showed no
-fear. It was only when they had drunk their fill and wheeled about to
-go up the narrow trails over the bank that they showed uneasiness and
-haste. This made Ken wonder if they were fearful of being ambushed by
-jaguars. Soon the dark line of deer along the shore shaded into the
-darkness of night. Then Ken heard soft splashes and an occasional
-patter of hard hoofs. The whir of wings had ceased.
-
-A low exclamation from Pepe brought attention to interesting
-developments closer at hand.
-
-"Javelin!" he whispered.
-
-On the channel side of the island was impenetrable pitchy blackness.
-Ken tried to pierce it with straining eyes, but he could not even make
-out the shore-line that he knew was only ten yards distant. Still he
-could hear, and that was thrilling enough. Everywhere on this side,
-along the edge of the water and up the steep bank, were faint tickings
-of twigs and soft rustlings of leaves. Then there was a continuous
-sound, so low as to be almost inaudible, that resembled nothing Ken
-could think of so much as a long line of softly dripping water. It
-swelled in volume to a tiny roll, and ended in a sharp clicking on rocks
-and a gentle splashing in the water. A drove of _javelin_ had come down
-to drink. Occasionally the glint of green eyes made the darkness all the
-more weird. Suddenly a long, piercing wail, a keen cry almost human,
-quivered into the silence.
-
-"Panther!" Ken whispered, instantly, to the boys. It was a different
-cry from that of the lion of the canon, but there was a strange wild
-note that betrayed the species. A stillness fell, dead as that of a
-subterranean cavern. Strain his ears as he might, Ken could not detect
-the slightest sound. It was as if no _javelin_ or any other animals had
-come down to drink. That listening, palpitating moment seemed endless.
-What mystery of wild life it meant, that silence following the cry of
-the panther! Then the jungle sounds recommenced--the swishing of water,
-the brushing in the thicket, stealthy padded footsteps, the faint
-snapping of twigs. Some kind of a cat uttered an unearthly squall. Close
-upon this the clattering of deer up the bank on the other side rang out
-sharply. The deer were running, and the striking of the little hoofs
-ceased in short order. Ken listened intently. From far over the bank
-came a sound not unlike a cough--deep, hoarse, inexpressibly wild and
-menacing.
-
-"Tigre!" cried Pepe, gripping Ken hard with both hands. He could feel
-him trembling. It showed how the native of the jungle-belt feared the
-jaguar.
-
-Again the cough rasped out, nearer and louder this time. It was not a
-courage-provoking sound, and seemed on second thought more of a growl
-than a cough. Ken felt safe on the island; nevertheless, he took up his
-rifle.
-
-"That's a tiger," whispered George. "I heard one once from the porch of
-the Alamitas hacienda."
-
-A third time the jaguar told of his arrival upon the night scene. Ken
-was excited, and had a thrill of fear. He made up his mind to listen
-with clearer ears, but the cough or growl was not repeated.
-
-Then a silence set in, so unbroken that it seemed haunted by the echoes
-of those wild jungle cries. Perhaps Ken had the haunting echoes in
-mind. He knew what had sent the deer away and stilled the splashings
-and creepings. It was the hoarse voice of the lord of the jungle.
-
-Pepe and the boys, too, fell under the spell of the hour. They did not
-break the charm by talking. Giant fireflies accentuated the ebony
-blackness and a low hum of insects riveted the attention on the
-stillness. Ken could not understand why he was more thoughtful on this
-trip than he had ever been before. Somehow he felt immeasurably older.
-Probably that was because it had seemed necessary for him to act like a
-man, even if he was only a boy.
-
-The black mantle of night lifted from under the cypresses, leaving a
-gloom that slowly paled. Through the dark foliage, low down over the
-bank, appeared the white tropical moon. Shimmering gleams chased the
-shadows across the ripples, and slowly the river brightened to a silver
-sheen.
-
-A great peace fell upon the jungle world. How white, how wild, how
-wonderful! It only made the island more beautiful and lonely. The
-thought of leaving it gave Ken Ward a pang. Almost he wished he were a
-savage.
-
-And he lay there thinking of the wild places that he could never see,
-where the sun shone, the wind blew, the twilight shadowed, the rain
-fell; where the colors and beauties changed with the passing hours;
-where a myriad of wild creatures preyed upon each other and night never
-darkened but upon strife and death.
-
-
-
-
- *XIII*
-
- *A TURKEY-HUNT*
-
-
-Upon awakening in the early morning Ken found his state one of huge
-enjoyment. He was still lazily tired, but the dead drag and ache had
-gone from his bones. A cool breeze wafted the mist from the river,
-breaking it up into clouds, between which streamed rosy shafts of
-sunlight. Wood-smoke from the fire Pepe was starting blew fragrantly
-over him. A hundred thousand birds seemed to be trying to burst their
-throats. The air was full of music. He lay still, listening to this
-melodious herald of the day till it ceased.
-
-Then a flock of parrots approached and circled over the island,
-screeching like a band of flying imps. Presently they alighted in the
-cypresses, bending the branches to a breaking-point and giving the trees
-a spotted appearance of green and red. Pepe waved his hand toward
-another flock sweeping over.
-
-"Parrakeets," he said.
-
-These birds were a solid green, much smaller than the red-heads, with
-longer tails. They appeared wilder than the red-heads, and flew higher,
-circling the same way and screeching, but they did not alight. Other
-flocks sailed presently from all directions. The last one was a cloud
-of parrots, a shining green and yellow mass several acres in extent.
-They flew still higher than the parrakeets.
-
-"Yellow-heads!" shouted George. "They're the big fellows, the talkers.
-If there ain't a million of 'em!"
-
-The boys ate breakfast in a din that made conversation useless. The
-red-heads swooped down upon the island, and the two unfriendly species
-flew back and forth, manifestly trying to drive the boys off. The mist
-had blown away, the sun was shining bright, when the myriad of parrots,
-in large and small flocks, departed to other jungle haunts.
-
-Pepe rowed across the wide shoal to the sand-bars. There in the soft
-ooze, among the hundreds of deer-tracks, Ken found a jaguar-track larger
-than his spread hand. It was different from a lion-track, yet he could
-not distinguish just what the difference was. Pepe, who had accompanied
-the boys to carry the rifles and game, pointed to the track and said,
-vehemently:
-
-"Tigre!" He pronounced it "tee-gray." And he added, "Grande!"
-
-"Big he certainly is," Ken replied. "Boys, we'll kill this jaguar.
-We'll bait this drinking-trail with a deer carcass and watch to-night."
-
-Once upon the bank, Ken was surprised to see a wide stretch of
-comparatively flat land. It was covered with a low vegetation, with
-here and there palm-trees on the little ridges and bamboo clumps down in
-the swales. Beyond the flat rose the dark line of dense jungle. It was
-not clear to Ken why that low piece of ground was not overgrown with the
-matted thickets and vines and big trees characteristic of other parts of
-the jungle. They struck into one of the trails, and had not gone a
-hundred paces when they espied a herd of deer. The grass and low bushes
-almost covered them. George handed his shotgun to Pepe and took his
-rifle.
-
-"Shoot low," said Ken.
-
-George pulled the trigger, and with the report a deer went down, but it
-was not the one Ken was looking at, nor the one at which he believed
-George had aimed. The rest of the herd bounded away, to disappear in a
-swale. Wading through bushes and grass, they found George's quarry, a
-small deer weighing perhaps sixty pounds. Pepe carried it over to the
-trail. Ken noted that he was exceedingly happy to carry the rifles.
-They went on at random, somehow feeling that, no matter in what
-direction, they would run into something to shoot at.
-
-The first bamboo swale was alive with _chicalocki_. Up to this time Ken
-had not seen this beautiful pheasant fly in the open, and he was
-astonished at its speed. It would burst out of the thick bamboo, whir
-its wings swiftly, then sail. That sail was a most graceful thing to
-see. George pulled his 16-gage twice, and missed both times. He had
-the beginner's fault--shooting too soon. Presently Pepe beat a big cock
-_chicalocki_ out of the bush. He made such a fine target, he sailed so
-evenly, that Ken simply looked at him over the gun-sights and followed
-him till he was out of sight. The next one he dropped like a plummet.
-Shooting _chicalocki_ was too easy, he decided; they presented so fair a
-mark that it was unfair to pull on them.
-
-George was an impetuous hunter. Ken could not keep near him, nor coax
-or command him to stay near. He would wander off by himself. That was
-one mark in his favor: at least he had no fear. Pepe hung close to Ken
-and Hal, with his dark eyes roving everywhere. Ken climbed out on one
-side of the swale, George on the other. Catching his whistle, Ken
-turned to look after him. He waved, and, pointing ahead, began to stoop
-and slip along from bush to bush. Presently a flock of Muscovy ducks
-rose before him, sailed a few rods, and alighted. Then from right under
-his feet labored up great gray birds. Wild geese! Ken recognized them
-as George's gun went _bang_! One tumbled over, the others wheeled
-toward the river. Ken started down into the swale to cross to where
-George was, when Pepe touched his arm.
-
-"Turkeys!" he whispered.
-
-That changed Ken's mind. Pepe pointed into the low bushes ahead and
-slowly led Ken forward. He heard a peculiar low thumping. Trails led
-everywhere, and here and there were open patches covered with a scant
-growth of grass. Across one of these flashed a bronze streak, then
-another and another.
-
-"Shoot! Shoot!" said Pepe, tensely.
-
-Those bronze streaks were running turkeys! The thumpings were made by
-their rapidly moving feet!
-
-"Don't they flush--fly?" Ken queried of Pepe.
-
-"No--no--shoot!" exclaimed he, as another streak of brown crossed an
-open spot. Ken hurriedly unbreached his gun and changed the light
-shells for others loaded with heavy shot. He reached the edge of a bare
-spot across which a turkey ran with incredible swiftness. He did not
-get the gun in line with it at all. Then two more broke out of the
-bushes. Run! They were as swift as flying quail. Ken took two
-snap-shots, and missed both times. If any one had told him that he
-would miss a running turkey at fifty feet, he would have been insulted.
-But he did not loosen a feather. Loading again, he yelled for George.
-
-"Hey, George--turkeys!"
-
-He whooped, and started across on the run.
-
-"Gee!" said Hal. "Ken, I couldn't do any worse shooting than you. Let
-me take a few pegs."
-
-Ken handed over the heavy gun and fell back a little, giving Hal the
-lead. They walked on, peering closely into the bushes. Suddenly a
-beautiful big gobbler ran out of a thicket, and then stopped to stretch
-out his long neck and look.
-
-"Shoot--hurry!" whispered Ken. "What a chance!"
-
-"That's a tame turkey," said Hal.
-
-"Tame! Why, you tenderfoot! He's as wild as wild. Can't you see
-that?"
-
-Ken's excitement and Pepe's intense eagerness all at once seemed
-communicated to Hal. He hauled up the gun, fingered the triggers
-awkwardly, then shot both barrels. He tore a tremendous hole in the
-brush some few feet to one side of the turkey. Then the great bird ran
-swiftly out of sight.
-
-"Didn't want to kill him sitting, anyhow," said Hal, handing the gun
-back to Ken.
-
-"We want to eat some wild turkey, don't we? Well, we'd better take any
-chance. These birds are game, Hal, and don't you forget that!"
-
-"What's all the shooting?" panted George, as he joined the march.
-
-Just then there was a roar in the bushes, and a brown blur rose and
-whizzed ahead like a huge bullet. That turkey had flushed. Ken watched
-him fly till he went down out of sight into a distant swale.
-
-"Pretty nifty flier, eh?" said George. "He was too quick for me."
-
-"Great!" replied Ken.
-
-There was another roar, and a huge bronze cannon-ball sped straight
-ahead. Ken shot both barrels, then George shot one, all clean misses.
-Ken watched this turkey fly, and saw him clearer. He had to admit that
-the wild turkey of the Tamaulipas jungle had a swifter and more
-beautiful flight than his favorite bird, the ruffled grouse.
-
-"Walk faster," said George. "They'll flush better. I don't see how I'm
-to hit one. This goose I'm carrying weighs about a ton."
-
-The hunters hurried along, crashing through the bushes. They saw turkey
-after turkey. _Bang!_ went George's gun.
-
-Then a beautiful sight made Ken cry out and forget to shoot. Six
-turkeys darted across an open patch--how swiftly they ran!--then rose in
-a bunch. The roar they made, the wonderfully rapid action of their
-powerful wings, and then the size of them, their wildness and noble
-gameness made them the royal game for Ken.
-
-At the next threshing in the bushes his gun was leveled; he covered the
-whistling bronze thing that shot up. The turkey went down with a crash.
-Pepe yelled, and as he ran forward the air all about him was full of
-fine bronze feathers. Ken hurried forward to see his bird. Its
-strength and symmetry, and especially the beautiful shades of bronze,
-captivated his eye.
-
-"Come on, boys--this is the greatest game I ever hunted," he called.
-
-Again Pepe yelled, and this time he pointed. From where Ken stood he
-could not see anything except low, green bushes. In great excitement
-George threw up his gun and shot. Ken heard a squealing.
-
-"Javelin! Javelin!" yelled Pepe, in piercing alarm.
-
-George jerked a rifle from him and began to shoot. Hal pumped his .22
-into the bushes. The trampling of hard little hoofs and a cloud of dust
-warned Ken where the javelin were. Suddenly Pepe broke and fled for the
-river.
-
-"Hyar, Pepe, fetch back my rifle," shouted Ken, angrily.
-
-Pepe ran all the faster.
-
-George turned and dashed away yelling: "Wild pigs! Wild pigs!"
-
-"Look out, Ken! Run! Run!" added Hal; and he likewise took to his
-heels.
-
-It looked as if there was nothing else for Ken to do but to make tracks
-from that vicinity. Never before had he run from a danger which he had
-not seen; but the flight of the boys was irresistibly contagious, and
-this, coupled with the many stories he had heard of the _javelin_, made
-Ken execute a sprint that would have been a record but for the hampering
-weight of gun and turkey. He vowed he would hold on to both, pigs or no
-pigs; nevertheless he listened as he ran and nervously looked back
-often. It may have been excited imagination that the dust-cloud
-appeared to be traveling in his wake. Fortunately, the distance to the
-river did not exceed a short quarter of a mile. Hot, winded, and
-thoroughly disgusted with himself, Ken halted on the bank. Pepe was
-already in the boat, and George was scrambling aboard.
-
-"A fine--chase--you've given--me," Ken panted. "There's nothing--after
-us."
-
-"Don't you fool yourself," returned George, quickly. "I saw those pigs,
-and, like the ass I am, I blazed away at one with my shotgun."
-
-"Did he run at you? That's what I want to know?" demanded Ken.
-
-George said he was not certain about that, but declared there always was
-danger if a wounded _javelin_ squealed. Pepe had little to say; he
-refused to go back after the deer left in the trail. So they rowed
-across the shoal, and on the way passed within a rod of a big crocodile.
-
-"Look at that fellow," cried George. "Wish I had my rifle loaded. He's
-fifteen feet long."
-
-"Oh no, George, he's not more than ten feet," said Ken.
-
-"You don't see his tail. He's a whopper. Pepe told me there was one in
-this pool. We'll get him, all right."
-
-They reached camp tired out, and all a little ruffled in temper, which
-certainly was not eased by the discovery that they were covered with
-ticks. Following the cue of his companions, Ken hurriedly stripped off
-his clothes and hung them where they could singe over the camp-fire.
-There were broad red bands of _pinilius_ round both ankles, and reddish
-patches on the skin of his arms. Here and there were black spots about
-the size of his little finger-nail, and these were _garrapatoes_. He
-picked these off one by one, rather surprised to find them come off so
-easily. Suddenly he jumped straight up with a pain as fierce as if it
-had been a puncture from a red-hot wire.
-
-Pepe grinned; and George cried:
-
-"Aha! that was a garrapato bite, that was! You just wait!"
-
-George had a hundred or more of the big black ticks upon him, and he was
-remorselessly popping them with his cigarette. Some of them were biting
-him, too, judging from the way he flinched. Pepe had attracted to
-himself a million or more of the _pinilius_, but very few of the larger
-pests. He generously came to Ken's assistance. Ken was trying to pull
-off the _garrapato_ that had bitten a hole in him. Pepe said it had
-embedded its head, and if pulled would come apart, leaving the head
-buried in the flesh, which would cause inflammation. Pepe held the
-glowing end of his cigarette close over the tick, and it began to squirm
-and pull out its head. When it was free of the flesh Pepe suddenly
-touched it with the cigarette, and it exploded with a pop. A difficult
-question was: Which hurt Ken the most, the burn from the cigarette or
-the bite of the tick? Pepe scraped off as many _pinilius_ as would
-come, and then rubbed Ken with _canya_, the native alcohol. If this was
-not some kind of vitriol, Ken missed his guess. It smarted so keenly he
-thought his skin was peeling off. Presently, however, the smarting
-subsided, and so did the ticks.
-
-Hal, who by far was the most sensitive one in regard to the crawling and
-biting of the jungle pests, had been remarkably fortunate in escaping
-them. So he made good use of his opportunity to poke fun at the others,
-particularly Ken.
-
-George snapped out: "Just wait, Hollering Hal!"
-
-"Don't you call me that!" said Hal, belligerently.
-
-Ken eyed his brother in silence, but with a dark, meaning glance. It
-had occurred to Ken that here in this jungle was the only place in the
-world where he could hope to pay off old scores on Hal. And plots began
-to form in his mind.
-
-They lounged about camp, resting in the shade during the hot midday
-hours. For supper they had a superfluity of meat, the waste of which
-Ken deplored, and he assuaged his conscience by deciding to have a taste
-of each kind. The wild turkey he found the most toothsome, delicious
-meat it had ever been his pleasure to eat. What struck him at once was
-the flavor, and he could not understand it until Pepe explained that the
-jungle turkey lived upon a red pepper. So the Tamaulipas wild turkey
-turned out to be doubly the finest game he had ever shot.
-
-All afternoon the big crocodile sunned himself on the surface of the
-shoal.
-
-Ken wanted a crocodile-skin, and this was a chance to get one; but he
-thought it as well to wait, and kept the boys from wasting ammunition.
-
-Before sundown Pepe went across the river and fetched the deer carcass
-down to the sandbar, where the jaguar-trail led to the water.
-
-At twilight Ken stationed the boys at the lower end of the island,
-ambushed behind stones. He placed George and Pepe some rods below his
-own position. They had George's .32 rifle, and the 16-gage loaded with
-a solid ball. Ken put Hal, with the double-barreled shotgun, also
-loaded with ball, some little distance above. And Ken, armed with his
-automatic, hid just opposite the deer-trails.
-
-"Be careful where you shoot," Ken warned repeatedly. "Be cool--think
-quick--and aim."
-
-Ken settled down for a long wait, some fifty yards from the deer
-carcass. A wonderful procession of wild fowl winged swift flight over
-his head. They flew very low. It was strange to note the difference in
-the sound of their flying. The cranes and herons softly swished the
-air, the teal and canvasbacks whirred by, and the great Muscovies
-whizzed like bullets.
-
-When the first deer came down to drink it was almost dark, and when they
-left the moon was up, though obscured by clouds. Faint sounds rose from
-the other side of the island. Ken listened until his ears ached, but he
-could hear nothing. Heavier clouds drifted over the moon. The deer
-carcass became indistinct, and then faded entirely, and the bar itself
-grew vague. He was about to give up watching for that night when he
-heard a faint rustling below. Following it came a grating or crunching
-of gravel.
-
-Bright flares split the darkness--_crack! crack!_ rang out George's
-rifle, then the heavy _boom! boom!_ of the shotgun.
-
-"There he is!" yelled George. "He's down--we got him--there's two!
-Look out!"
-
-_Boom! Boom!_ roared the heavy shotgun from Hal's covert.
-
-"George missed him! I got him!" yelled Hal. "No, there he goes--Ken!
-Ken!"
-
-Ken caught the flash of a long gray body in the hazy gloom of the bar
-and took a quick shot at it. The steel-jacketed bullet scattered the
-gravel and then hummed over the bank. The gray body moved fast up the
-bank. Ken could just see it. He turned loose the little automatic and
-made the welkin ring.
-
-
-
-
- *XIV*
-
- *A FIGHT WITH A JAGUAR*
-
-
-When the echoes of the shots died away the stillness seemed all the
-deeper. No rustle in the brush or scuffle on the sand gave evidence of
-a wounded or dying jaguar. George and Hal and Pepe declared there were
-two tigers, and that they had hit one. Ken walked out upon the stones
-till he could see the opposite bar, but was not rewarded by a sight of
-dead game. Thereupon they returned to camp, somewhat discouraged at
-their ill luck, but planning another night-watch.
-
-In the morning George complained that he did not feel well. Ken told
-him he had been eating too much fresh meat, and that he had better be
-careful. Then Ken set off alone, crossed the river, and found that the
-deer carcass was gone. In the sand near where it had lain were plenty
-of cat-tracks, but none of the big jaguar. Upon closer scrutiny he
-found the cat-tracks to be those of a panther. He had half dragged, half
-carried the carcass up one of the steep trails, but from that point
-there was no further trace.
-
-Ken struck out across the fiat, intending to go as far as the jungle.
-Turtle-doves fluttered before him in numberless flocks. Far to one side
-he saw Muscovy ducks rising, sailing a few rods, then alighting. This
-occurred several times before he understood what it meant. There was
-probably a large flock feeding on the flat, and the ones in the rear
-were continually flying to get ahead of those to the fore.
-
-Several turkeys ran through the bushes before Ken, but as he was
-carrying a rifle he paid little heed to them. He kept a keen lookout
-for _javelin_. Two or three times he was tempted to turn off the trail
-into little bamboo hollows; this, however, owing to a repugnance to
-ticks, he did not do. Finally, as he neared the high moss-decked wall
-of the jungle, he came upon a runway leading through the bottom of a
-deep swale, and here he found tiger-tracks.
-
-Farther down the swale, under a great cluster of bamboo, he saw the
-scattered bones of several deer. Ken was sure that in this spot the
-lord of the jungle had feasted more than once. It was an open hollow,
-with the ground bare under the bamboos. The runway led on into dense,
-leafy jungle. Ken planned to bait that lair with a deer carcass and
-watch it during the late afternoon.
-
-First, it was necessary to get the deer. This might prove bothersome,
-for Ken's hands and wrists were already sprinkled with _pinilius_, and
-he certainly did not want to stay very long in the brush. Ken imagined
-he felt an itching all the time, and writhed inside his clothes.
-
-"Say, blame you! bite!" he exclaimed, resignedly, and stepped into the
-low bushes. He went up and out of the swale. Scarcely had he reached a
-level when he saw a troop of deer within easy range. Before they winded
-danger Ken shot, and the one he had singled out took a few bounds, then
-fell over sideways. The others ran off into the brush. Ken remembered
-that the old hunter on Penetier had told him how seldom a deer dropped
-at once. When he saw the work of the soft-nose .351 bullet, he no
-longer wondered at this deer falling almost in his tracks.
-
-"If I ever hit a jaguar like that it will be all day with him," was
-Ken's comment.
-
-There were two things about hunting the jaguar that Ken had been bidden
-to keep in mind--fierce aggressiveness and remarkable tenacity of life.
-
-Ken dragged the deer down into the bamboo swale and skinned out a
-haunch. Next to wild-turkey meat, he liked venison best. He was glad to
-have that as an excuse, for killing these tame tropical deer seemed like
-murder to Ken. He left the carcass in a favorable place and then
-hurried back to camp.
-
-To Ken's relief, he managed to escape bringing any _garrapatoes_ with
-him, but it took a half-hour to rid himself of the collection of
-_pinilius_.
-
-"George, ask Pepe what's the difference between a garrapato and a
-pinilius," said Ken.
-
-"The big tick is the little one's mother," replied Pepe.
-
-"Gee! you fellows fuss a lot about ticks," said Hal, looking up from his
-task. He was building more pens to accommodate the turtles, snakes,
-snails, mice, and young birds that he had captured during the morning.
-
-Pepe said there were few ticks there in the uplands compared to the
-number down along the Panuco River. In the lowlands where the cattle
-roamed there were millions in every square rod. The under side of every
-leaf and blade of grass was red with ticks. The size of these pests
-depended on whether or not they got a chance to stick to a steer or any
-beast. They appeared to live indefinitely, but if they could not suck
-blood they could not grow. The _pinilius_ grew into a _garrapato_, and a
-_garrapato_ bred a hundred thousand _pinilius_ in her body. Two
-singular things concerning these ticks were that they always crawled
-upward, and they vanished from the earth during the wet season.
-
-Ken soaked his Duxbax hunting-suit in kerosene in the hope that this
-method would enable him to spend a reasonable time hunting. Then, while
-the other boys fished and played around, he waited for the long, hot
-hours to pass. It was cool in the shade, but the sunlight resembled the
-heat of fire. At last five o'clock came, and Ken put on the damp suit.
-Soaked with the oil, it was heavier and hotter than sealskin, and before
-he got across the river he was nearly roasted. The evening wind sprang
-up, and the gusts were like blasts from a furnace. Ken's body was
-bathed in perspiration; it ran down his wrists, over his hands, and wet
-the gun. This cure for ticks--if it were one--was worse than their
-bites. When he reached the shade of the bamboo swale it was none too
-soon for him. He threw off the coat, noticing there were more ticks
-upon it than at anytime before. The bottom of his trousers, too, had
-gathered an exceeding quantity. He brushed them off, muttering the
-while that he believed they liked kerosene, and looked as if they were
-drinking it. Ken found it easy, however, to brush them off the wet
-Duxbax, and soon composed himself to rest and watch.
-
-The position chosen afforded Ken a clear view of the bare space under
-the bamboos and of the hollow where the runway disappeared in the
-jungle. The deer carcass, which lay as he had left it, was about a
-hundred feet from him. This seemed rather close, but he had to accept
-it, for if he had moved farther away he could not have commanded both
-points.
-
-Ken sat with his back against a clump of bamboos, the little rifle
-across his knees and an extra clip of cartridges on the ground at his
-left. After taking that position he determined not to move a yard when
-the tiger came, and to kill him.
-
-Ken went over in mind the lessons he had learned hunting bear in
-Penetier Forest with old Hiram Bent and lassoing lions on the wild
-north-rim of the Grand Canon. Ken knew that the thing for a hunter to
-do, when his quarry was dangerous, was to make up his mind beforehand.
-Ken had twelve powerful shells that he could shoot in the half of twelve
-seconds. He would have been willing to face two jaguars.
-
-The sun set and the wind died down. What a relief was the cooling shade!
-The little breeze that was left fortunately blew at right angles to the
-swale, so that there did not seem much danger of the tiger winding Ken
-down the jungle runway.
-
-For long moments he was tense and alert. He listened till he thought he
-had almost lost the sense of hearing. The jungle leaves were
-whispering; the insects were humming. He had expected to hear myriad
-birds and see processions of deer, and perhaps a drove of _javelin_.
-But if any living creatures ventured near him it was without his
-knowledge. The hour between sunset and twilight passed--a long wait;
-still he did not lose the feeling that something would happen. Ken's
-faculties of alertness tired, however, and needed distraction. So he
-took stock of the big clump of bamboos under which lay the deer carcass.
-
-It was a remarkable growth, that gracefully drooping cluster of slender
-bamboo poles. He remembered how, as a youngster, not many years back,
-he had wondered where the fishing-poles came from. Here Ken counted one
-hundred and sixty-nine in a clump no larger than a barrel. They were
-yellow in color with black bands, and they rose straight for a few
-yards, then began to lean out, to bend slightly, at last to droop with
-their abundance of spiked leaves. Ken was getting down to a real,
-interested study of this species of jungle growth when a noise startled
-him.
-
-He straightened out of his lounging position and looked around. The
-sound puzzled him. He could not place its direction or name what it was.
-The jungle seemed strangely quiet. He listened. After a moment of
-waiting he again heard the sound. Instantly Ken was as tense and
-vibrating as a violin string. The thing he had heard was from the lungs
-of some jungle beast. He was almost ready to pronounce it a cough.
-Warily he glanced around, craning his neck. Then a deep, hoarse growl
-made him whirl.
-
-There stood a jaguar with head up and paw on the deer carcass. Ken
-imagined he felt perfectly cool, but he knew he was astounded. And even
-as he cautiously edged the rifle over his knee he took in the beautiful
-points of the jaguar. He was yellow, almost white, with black spots.
-He was short and stocky, with powerful stumpy bow-legs. But his head
-most amazed Ken. It was enormous. And the expression of his face was so
-singularly savage and wild that Ken seemed to realize instantly the
-difference between a mountain-lion and this fierce tropical brute.
-
-The jaguar opened his jaws threateningly. He had an enormous stretch of
-jaw. His long, yellow fangs gleamed. He growled again.
-
-Not hurriedly, nor yet slowly, Ken fired.
-
-He heard the bullet strike him as plainly as if he had hit him with a
-board. He saw dust fly from his hide. Ken expected to see the jaguar
-roll over. Instead of that he leaped straight up with a terrible roar.
-Something within Ken shook. He felt cold and sick.
-
-When the jaguar came down, sprawled on all fours, Ken pulled the
-automatic again, and he saw the fur fly. Then the jaguar leaped forward
-with a strange, hoarse cry. Ken shot again, and knocked the beast flat.
-He tumbled and wrestled about, scattering the dust and brush. Three
-times more Ken fired, too hastily, and inflicted only slight wounds.
-
-In reloading Ken tried to be deliberate in snapping in the second clip
-and pushing down the rod that threw the shell into the barrel. But his
-hands shook. His fingers were all thumbs, and he fumbled at the breech
-of the rifle.
-
-In that interval, if the jaguar could have kept his sense of direction,
-he would have reached Ken. But the beast zigzagged; he had lost his
-equilibrium; he was hard hit.
-
-Then he leaped magnificently. He landed within twenty-five feet of Ken,
-and when he plunged down he rolled clear over. Ken shot him through and
-through. Yet he got up, wheezing blood, uttering a hoarse bellow, and
-made again at Ken.
-
-Ken had been cold, sick. Now panic almost overpowered him. The rifle
-wabbled. The bamboo glade blurred in his sight. A terrible dizziness
-and numbness almost paralyzed him. He was weakening, sinking, when
-thought of life at stake lent him a momentary grim and desperate spirit.
-
-Once while the jaguar was in the air Ken pulled, twice while he was
-down. Then the jaguar stood up pawing the air with great spread claws,
-coughing, bleeding, roaring. He was horrible.
-
-Ken shot him straight between the wide-spread paws.
-
-With twisted body, staggering, and blowing bloody froth all over Ken,
-the big tiger blindly lunged forward and crashed to earth.
-
-Then began a furious wrestling. Ken imagined it was the death-throes of
-the jaguar. Ken could not see him down among the leaves and vines;
-nevertheless, he shot into the commotion. The struggles ceased. Then a
-movement of the weeds showed Ken that the jaguar was creeping toward the
-jungle.
-
-Ken fell rather than sat down. He found he was wringing wet with cold
-sweat. He was panting hard.
-
-"Say, but--that--was--awful!" he gasped. "What--was--wrong--with me?"
-
-He began to reload the clips. They were difficult to load for even a
-calm person, and now, in the reaction, Ken was the farthest removed from
-calm. The jaguar crept steadily away, as Ken could tell by the swaying
-weeds and shaking vines.
-
-"What--a hard-lived beast!" muttered Ken. "I--must have shot--him all to
-pieces. Yet he's getting away from me."
-
-At last Ken's trembling fingers pushed some shells in the two clips, and
-once more he reloaded the rifle. Then he stood up, drew a deep, full
-breath, and made a strong effort at composure.
-
-"I've shot at bear--and deer--and lions out West," said Ken. "But this
-was different. I'll never get over it."
-
-How close that jaguar came to reaching Ken was proved by the blood
-coughed into his face. He recalled that he had felt the wind of one
-great sweeping paw.
-
-Ken regained his courage and determination. He meant to have that
-beautiful spotted skin for his den. So he hurried along the runway and
-entered the jungle. Beyond the edge, where the bushes made a dense
-thicket, it was dry forest, with little green low down. The hollow gave
-place to a dry wash. He could not see the jaguar, but he could hear him
-dragging himself through the brush, cracking sticks, shaking saplings.
-
-Presently Ken ran across a bloody trail and followed it. Every little
-while he would stop to listen. When the wounded jaguar was still, he
-waited until he started to move again. It was hard going. The brush
-was thick, and had to be broken and crawled under or through. As Ken
-had left his coat behind, his shirt was soon torn to rags. He peered
-ahead with sharp eyes, expecting every minute to come in sight of the
-poor, crippled beast. He wanted to put him out of agony. So he kept on
-doggedly for what must have been a long time.
-
-The first premonition he had of carelessness was to note that the
-shadows were gathering in the jungle. It would soon be night. He must
-turn back while there was light enough to follow his back track out to
-the open. The second came in shape of a hot pain in his arm, as keen as
-if he had jagged it with a thorn. Holding it out, he discovered to his
-dismay that it was spotted with _garrapatoes_.
-
-
-
-
- *XV*
-
- *THE VICIOUS GARRAPATOES*
-
-
-At once Ken turned back, and if he thought again of the jaguar it was
-that he could come after him the next day or send Pepe. Another vicious
-bite, this time on his leg, confirmed his suspicions that many of the
-ticks had been on him long enough to get their heads in. Then he was
-bitten in several places.
-
-Those bites were as hot as the touch of a live coal, yet they made Ken
-break out in dripping cold sweat. It was imperative that he get back to
-camp without losing a moment which could be saved. From a rapid walk he
-fell into a trot. He got off his back trail and had to hunt for it.
-Every time a tick bit he jumped as if stung. The worst of it was that
-he knew he was collecting more _garrapatoes_ with almost every step.
-When he grasped a dead branch to push it out of the way he could feel
-the ticks cling to his hand. Then he would whip his arm in the air,
-flinging some of them off to patter on the dry ground. Impossible as it
-was to run through that matted jungle, Ken almost accomplished it. When
-he got out into the open he did run, not even stopping for his coat, and
-he crossed the flat at top speed.
-
-It was almost dark when Ken reached the river-bank and dashed down to
-frighten a herd of drinking deer. He waded the narrowest part of the
-shoal. Running up the island he burst into the bright circle of
-camp-fire. Pepe dropped a stew-pan and began to jabber. George dove for
-a gun.
-
-"What's after you?" shouted Hal, in alarm.
-
-Ken was so choked up and breathless that at first he could not speak.
-His fierce aspect and actions, as he tore off his sleeveless and ragged
-shirt and threw it into the fire, added to the boys' fright.
-
-"Good Lord! are you bug-house, Ken?" shrieked Hal.
-
-"_Bug-house! Yes!_" roared Ken, swiftly undressing. "Look at me!"
-
-In the bright glare he showed his arms black with _garrapatoes_ and a
-sprinkling of black dots over the rest of his body.
-
-"Is that all?" demanded Hal, in real or simulated scorn. "Gee! but
-you're a brave hunter. I thought not less than six tigers were after
-you."
-
-"I'd rather have six tigers after me," yelled Ken. "You little
-freckle-faced redhead!"
-
-It was seldom indeed that Ken called his brother that name. Hal was
-proof against any epithets except that one relating to his freckles and
-his hair. But just now Ken felt that he was being eaten alive. He was
-in an agony, and he lost his temper. And therefore he laid himself open
-to Hal's scathing humor.
-
-"Never mind the kid," said Ken to Pepe and George. "Hurry now, and get
-busy with these devils on me."
-
-It was well for Ken that he had a native like Pepe with him. For Pepe
-knew just what to do. First he dashed a bucket of cold water over Ken.
-How welcome that was!
-
-"Pepe says for you to point out the ticks that 're biting the hardest,"
-said George.
-
-In spite of his pain Ken stared in mute surprise.
-
-"Pepe wants you to point out the ticks that are digging in the deepest,"
-explained George. "Get a move on, now."
-
-"What!" roared Ken, glaring at Pepe and George. He thought even the
-native might be having fun with him. And for Ken this was not a funny
-time.
-
-But Pepe was in dead earnest.
-
-"Say, it's impossible to tell _where_ I'm being bitten most! It's all
-over!" protested Ken.
-
-Still he discovered that by absolute concentration on the pain he was
-enduring he was able to locate the severest points. And that showed him
-the soundness of Pepe's advice.
-
-"Here--this one--here--there.... Oh! here," began Ken, indicating
-certain ticks.
-
-"Not so fast, now," interrupted the imperturbable George, as he and Pepe
-set to work upon Ken.
-
-Then the red-hot cigarette-tips scorched Ken's skin. Ken kept pointing
-and accompanying his directions with wild gestures and exclamations.
-
-"Here.... Oo-oo! Here.... Wow! Here.... Ouch!--that one stung!
-Here.... _Augh_! Say, can't you hurry? Here! ... Oh! that one was in a
-mile! Here.... _Hold on_! You're burning a hole in me! ... George,
-you're having fun out of this. Pepe gets two to your one."
-
-"He's been popping ticks all his life," was George's reasonable protest.
-
-"Hurry!" cried Ken, in desperation. "George, if you monkey round--fool
-over this job--I'll--I'll punch you good."
-
-All this trying time Hal Ward sat on a log and watched the proceedings
-with great interest and humor. Sometimes he smiled, at others he
-laughed, and yet again he burst out into uproarious mirth.
-
-"George, he wouldn't punch anybody," said Hal. "I tell you he's all in.
-He hasn't any nerve left. It's a chance of your life. You'll never get
-another. He's been bossing you around. Pay him up. Make him holler.
-Why, what's a few little ticks? Wouldn't phase me! But Ken Ward's such
-a delicate, fine-skinned, sensitive, girly kind of a boy! He's too nice
-to be bitten by bugs. Oh dear, yes, yes! ... Ken, why don't you show
-courage?"
-
-Ken shook his fist at Hal.
-
-"All right," said Ken, grimly. "Have all the fun you can. Because I'll
-get even with you."
-
-Hal relapsed into silence, and Ken began to believe he had intimidated
-his brother. But he soon realized how foolish it was to suppose such a
-thing. Hal had only been working his fertile brain.
-
-"George, here's a little verse for the occasion," said Hal.
-
- "There was a brave hunter named Ken,
- And he loved to get skins for his den,
- Not afraid was he of tigers or pigs,
- Or snakes or cats or any such things,
- But one day in the jungle he left his clothes,
- And came hollering back with _garrapatoes_."
-
-
-"Gre-at-t-t!" sputtered Ken. "Oh, brother mine, we're a long way from
-home, I'll make you crawl."
-
-Pepe smoked, and wore out three cigarettes, and George two, before they
-had popped all the biting ticks. Then Ken was still covered with them.
-Pepe bathed him in _canya_, which was like a bath of fire, and soon
-removed them all. Ken felt flayed alive, peeled of his skin, and
-sprinkled with fiery sparks. When he lay down he was as weak as a sick
-cat. Pepe said the _canya_ would very soon take the sting away, but it
-was some time before Ken was resting easily.
-
-It would not have been fair to ask Ken just then whether the prize for
-which he worked was worth his present gain. _Garrapatoes_ may not seem
-important to one who simply reads about them, but such pests are a
-formidable feature of tropical life.
-
-However, Ken presently felt that he was himself again.
-
-Then he put his mind to the serious problem of his note-book and the
-plotting of the island. As far as his trip was concerned, Cypress
-Island was an important point. When he had completed his map down to the
-island, he went on to his notes. He believed that what he had found out
-from his knowledge of forestry was really worth something. He had seen
-a gradual increase in the size and number of trees as he had proceeded
-down the river, a difference in the density and color of the jungle, a
-flattening-out of the mountain range, and a gradual change from rocky to
-clayey soil. And on the whole his note-book began to assume such a
-character that he was beginning to feel willing to submit it to his
-uncle.
-
-
-
-
- *XVI*
-
- *FIELD WORK OF A NATURALIST*
-
-
-That night Ken talked natural history to the boys and read extracts from
-a small copy of Sclater he had brought with him.
-
-They were all particularly interested in the cat tribe.
-
-The fore feet of all cats have five toes, the hind feet only four.
-Their claws are curved and sharp, and, except in case of one species of
-leopard, can be retracted in their sheaths. The claws of the great cat
-species are kept sharp by pulling them down through bark of trees. All
-cats walk on their toes. And the stealthy walk is due to hairy pads or
-cushions. The claws of a cat do not show in its track as do those of a
-dog. The tongues of all cats are furnished with large papillae. They
-are like files, and the use is to lick bones and clean their fur. Their
-long whiskers are delicate organs of perception to aid them in finding
-their way on their night quests. The eyes of all cats are large and
-full, and can be altered by contraction or expansion of iris, according
-to the amount of light they receive. The usual color is gray or tawny
-with dark spots or stripes. The uniform tawny color of the lion and the
-panther is perhaps an acquired color, probably from the habit of these
-animals of living in desert countries. It is likely that in primitive
-times cats were all spotted or striped.
-
-Naturally the boys were most interested in the jaguar, which is the
-largest of the cat tribe in the New World. The jaguar ranges from
-northern Mexico to northern Patagonia. Its spots are larger than those
-of the leopard. Their ground color is a rich tan or yellow, sometimes
-almost gold. Large specimens have been known nearly seven feet from
-nose to end of tail.
-
-The jaguar is an expert climber and swimmer. Humboldt says that where
-the South American forests are subject to floods the jaguar sometimes
-takes to tree life, living on monkeys. All naturalists agree on the
-ferocious nature of jaguars, and on the loudness and frequency of their
-cries. There is no record of their attacking human beings without
-provocation. Their favorite haunts are the banks of jungle rivers, and
-they often prey upon fish and turtles.
-
-The attack of a jaguar is terrible. It leaps on the back of its prey
-and breaks its neck. In some places there are well-known scratching
-trees where jaguars sharpen their claws. The bark is worn smooth in
-front from contact with the breasts of the animals as they stand up, and
-there is a deep groove on each side. When new scars appear on these
-trees it is known that jaguars are in the vicinity. The cry of the
-jaguar is loud, deep, hoarse, something like _pu, pu, pu_. There is
-much enmity between the panther, or mountain-lion, and the jaguar, and
-it is very strange that generally the jaguar fears the lion, although he
-is larger and more powerful.
-
-Pepe had interesting things to say about jaguars, or _tigres_, as he
-called them. But Ken, of course, could not tell how much Pepe said was
-truth and how much just native talk. At any rate, Pepe told of one
-Mexican who had a blind and deaf jaguar that he had tamed. Ken knew
-that naturalists claimed the jaguar could not be tamed, but in this
-instance Ken was inclined to believe Pepe. This blind jaguar was
-enormous in size, terrible of aspect, and had been trained to trail
-anything his master set him to. And Tigre, as he was called, never
-slept or stopped till he had killed the thing he was trailing. As he was
-blind and deaf, his power of scent had been abnormally developed.
-
-Pepe told of a fight between a huge crocodile and a jaguar in which both
-were killed. He said jaguars stalked natives and had absolutely no
-fear. He knew natives who said that jaguars had made off with children
-and eaten them. Lastly, Pepe told of an incident that had happened in
-Tampico the year before. There was a ship at dock below Tampico, just on
-the outskirts where the jungle began, and one day at noon two big
-jaguars leaped on the deck. They frightened the crew out of their wits.
-George verified this story, and added that the jaguars had been chased
-by dogs, had boarded the ship, where they climbed into the rigging, and
-stayed there till they were shot.
-
-"Well," said Ken, thoughtfully, "from my experience I believe a jaguar
-would do anything."
-
-The following day promised to be a busy one for Hal, without any time
-for tricks. George went hunting before breakfast--in fact, before the
-others were up--and just as the boys were sitting down to eat he
-appeared on the nearer bank and yelled for Pepe. It developed that for
-once George had bagged game.
-
-He had a black squirrel, a small striped wildcat, a peccary, a
-three-foot crocodile, and a duck of rare plumage.
-
-After breakfast Hal straightway got busy, and his skill and knowledge
-earned praise from George and Pepe. They volunteered to help, which
-offer Hal gratefully accepted. He had brought along a folding canvas
-tank, forceps, knives, scissors, several packages of preservatives, and
-tin boxes in which to pack small skins.
-
-His first task was to mix a salt solution in the canvas tank. This was
-for immersing skins. Then he made a paste of salt and alum, and after
-that a mixture of two-thirds glycerin and one-third water and carbolic
-acid, which was for preserving small skins and to keep them soft.
-
-And as he worked he gave George directions on how to proceed with the
-wildcat and squirrel skins.
-
-"Skin carefully and tack up the pelts fur side down. Scrape off all the
-fat and oil, but don't scrape through. To-morrow when the skins are dry
-soak them in cold water till soft. Then take them out and squeeze dry.
-I'll make a solution of three quarts water, one-half pint salt, and one
-ounce oil of vitriol. Put the skins in that for half an hour. Squeeze
-dry again, and hang in shade. That 'll tan the skin, and the moths will
-never hurt them."
-
-When Hal came to take up the duck he was sorry that some of the
-beautiful plumage had been stained.
-
-"I want only a few water-fowl," he said. "And particularly one of the
-big Muscovies. And you must keep the feathers from getting soiled."
-
-It was interesting to watch Hal handle that specimen. First he took
-full measurements. Then, separating the feathers along the breast, he
-made an incision with a sharp knife, beginning high up on breast-bone
-and ending at tail. He exercised care so as not to cut through the
-abdomen. Raising the skin carefully along the cut as far as the muscles
-of the leg, he pushed out the knee joint and cut it off. Then he
-loosened the skin from the legs and the back, and bent the tail down to
-cut through the tail joint. Next he removed the skin from the body and
-cut off the wings at the shoulder joint. Then he proceeded down the
-neck, being careful not to pull or stretch the skin. Extreme care was
-necessary in cutting round the eyes. Then, when he had loosened the
-skin from the skull, he severed the head and cleaned out the skull. He
-coated all with the paste, filled the skull with cotton, and then
-immersed them in the glycerin bath.
-
-The skinning of the crocodile was an easy matter compared with that of
-the duck. Hal made an incision at the throat, cut along the middle of
-the abdomen all the way to the tip of the tail, and then cut the skin
-away all around the carcass. Then he set George and Pepe to scraping
-the skin, after which he immersed it in the tank.
-
-About that time Ken, who was lazily fishing in the shade of the
-cypresses, caught one of the blue-tailed fish. Hal was delighted. He
-had made a failure of the other specimen of this unknown fish. This one
-was larger and exquisitely marked, being dark gold on the back, white
-along the belly, and its tail had a faint bluish tinge. Hal promptly
-killed the fish, and then made a dive for his suitcase. He produced
-several sheets of stiff cardboard and a small box of water-colors and
-brushes. He laid the fish down on a piece of paper and outlined its
-exact size. Then, placing it carefully in an upright position on a box,
-he began to paint it in the actual colors of the moment. Ken laughed
-and teased him. George also was inclined to be amused. But Pepe was
-amazed and delighted. Hal worked on unmindful of his audience, and,
-though he did not paint a very artistic picture, he produced the vivid
-colors of the fish before they faded.
-
-His next move was to cover the fish with strips of thin cloth, which
-adhered to the scales and kept them from being damaged. Then he cut
-along the middle line of the belly, divided the pelvic arch where the
-ventral fins joined, cut through the spines, and severed the fins from
-the bones. Then he skinned down to the tail, up to the back, and cut
-through caudal processes. The vertebral column he severed at the base
-of the skull. He cleaned and scraped the entire inside of the skin, and
-then put it to soak.
-
-"Hal, you're much more likely to make good with Uncle Jim than I am,"
-said Ken. "You've really got skill, and you know what to do. Now, my
-job is different. So far I've done fairly well with my map of the
-river. But as soon as we get on level ground I'll be stumped."
-
-"We'll cover a hundred miles before we get to low land," replied Hal,
-cheerily. "That's enough, even if we do get lost for the rest of the
-way. You'll win that trip abroad, Ken, never fear, and little Willie is
-going to be with you."
-
-
-
-
- *XVII*
-
- *A MIXED-UP TIGER-HUNT*
-
-
-Next morning Hal arose bright as a lark, but silent, mysterious, and
-with far-seeing eyes. It made Ken groan in spirit to look at the boy.
-Yes, indeed, they were far from home, and the person did not live on the
-earth who could play a trick on Hal Ward and escape vengeance.
-
-After breakfast Hal went off with a long-handled landing-net, obviously
-to capture birds or fish or mice or something.
-
-George said he did not feel very well, and he looked grouchy. He
-growled around camp in a way that might have nettled Ken, but Ken,
-having had ten hours of undisturbed sleep, could not have found fault
-with anybody.
-
-"Garrapato George, come out of it. Cheer up," said Ken. "Why don't you
-take Pinilius Pepe as gun-bearer and go out to shoot something? You
-haven't used up much ammunition yet."
-
-Ken's sarcasm was not lost upon George.
-
-"Well, if I do go, I'll not come running back to camp without some
-game."
-
-"My son," replied Ken, genially, "if you should happen to meet a jaguar
-you'd--you'd just let out one squawk and then never touch even the high
-places of the jungle. You'd take that crazy .32 rifle for a
-golf-stick."
-
-"Would I?" returned George. "All right."
-
-Ken watched George awhile that morning. The lad performed a lot of weird
-things around camp. Then he bounced bullets off the water in vain
-effort to locate the basking crocodile. Then he tried his hand at
-fishing once more. He could get more bites than any fisherman Ken ever
-saw, but he could not catch anything.
-
-By and by the heat made Ken drowsy, and, stretching himself in the
-shade, he thought of a scheme to rid the camp of the noisy George.
-
-"Say, George, take my hammerless and get Pepe to row you up along the
-shady bank of the river," suggested Ken. "Go sneaking along and you'll
-have some sport."
-
-George was delighted with that idea. He had often cast longing eyes at
-the hammerless gun. Pepe, too, looked exceedingly pleased. They got in
-the boat and were in the act of starting when George jumped ashore. He
-reached for his .32 and threw the lever down to see if there was a shell
-in the chamber. Then he proceeded to fill his pockets with ammunition.
-
-"Might need a rifle," he said. "You can't tell what you're going to see
-in this unholy jungle."
-
-Whereupon he went aboard again and Pepe rowed leisurely up-stream.
-
-"Be careful, boys," Ken called, and composed himself for a nap. He
-promptly fell asleep. How long he slept he had no idea, and when he
-awoke he lay with languor, not knowing at the moment what had awakened
-him. Presently he heard a shout, then a rifle-shot. Sitting up, he saw
-the boat some two hundred yards above, drifting along about the edge of
-the shade. Pepe was in it alone. He appeared to be excited, for Ken
-observed him lay down an oar and pick up a gun, and then reverse the
-performance. Also he was jabbering to George, who evidently was out on
-the bank, but invisible to Ken.
-
-"Hey, Pepe!" Ken yelled. "What 're you doing?"
-
-Strange to note, Pepe did not reply or even turn.
-
-"Now where in the deuce is George?" Ken said, impatiently.
-
-The hollow crack of George's .32 was a reply to the question. Ken heard
-the singing of a bullet. Suddenly, _spou!_ it twanged on a branch not
-twenty feet over his head, and then went whining away. He heard it tick
-a few leaves or twigs. There was not any languor in the alacrity with
-which Ken put the big cypress-tree between him and up-stream. Then he
-ventured to peep forth.
-
-"Look out where you're slinging lead!" he yelled. He doubted not that
-George had treed a black squirrel or was pegging away at parrots. Yet
-Pepe's motions appeared to carry a good deal of feeling, too much, he
-thought presently, for small game. So Ken began to wake up thoroughly.
-He lost sight of Pepe behind a low branch of a tree that leaned some
-fifty yards above the island. Then he caught sight of him again. He was
-poling with an oar, evidently trying to go up or down--Ken could not
-tell which.
-
-_Spang_! _Spang_! George's .32 spoke twice more, and the bullets both
-struck in the middle of the stream and ricochetted into the far bank
-with little thuds.
-
-Something prompted Ken to reach for his automatic, snap the clip in
-tight, and push in the safety. At the same time he muttered George's
-words: "You can never tell what's coming off in this unholy jungle."
-
-Then, peeping out from behind the cypress, Ken watched the boat drift
-down-stream. Pepe had stopped poling and was looking closely into the
-thick grass and vines of the bank. Ken heard his voice, but could not
-tell what he said. He watched keenly for some sight of George. The
-moments passed, the boat drifted, and Ken began to think there was
-nothing unusual afoot. In this interval Pepe drifted within
-seventy-five yards of camp. Again Ken called to ask him what George was
-stalking, and this time Pepe yelled; but Ken did not know what he said.
-Hard upon this came George's sharp voice:
-
-"Look out, there, on the island. Get behind something. I've got him
-between the river and the flat. He's in this strip of shore brush.
-There!"
-
-_Spang_! _Spang_! _Spang_! Bullets hummed and whistled all about the
-island. Ken was afraid to peep out with even one eye. He began to
-fancy that George was playing Indian.
-
-"Fine, Georgie! You're doing great!" he shouted. "You couldn't come
-any closer to me if you were aiming at me. What is it?"
-
-Then a crashing of brush and a flash of yellow low down along the bank
-changed the aspect of the situation.
-
-"Panther! or jaguar!" Ken ejaculated, in amaze. In a second he was
-tight-muscled, cold, and clear-witted. At that instant he saw George's
-white shirt about the top of the brush.
-
-"Go back! Get out in the open!" Ken ordered. "Do you hear me?"
-
-"Where is he?" shouted George, paying not the slightest attention to
-Ken. Ken jumped from behind the tree, and, running to the head of the
-island, he knelt low near the water with rifle ready.
-
-"Tigre! Tigre! Tigre!" screamed Pepe, waving his arms, then pointing.
-
-George crashed into the brush. Ken saw the leaves move, then a long
-yellow shape. With the quickness of thought and the aim of the
-wing-shot, Ken fired. From the brush rose a strange wild scream.
-George aimed at a shaking mass of grass and vines, but, before he could
-fire, a long, lean, ugly beast leaped straight out from the bank to drop
-into the water with a heavy splash.
-
-Like a man half scared to death Pepe waved Ken's double-barreled gun.
-Then a yellow head emerged from the water. It was in line with the
-boat. Ken dared not shoot.
-
-"Kill him, George," yelled Ken. "Tell Pepe to kill him."
-
-George seemed unaccountably silent. But Ken had no time to look for
-him, for his eyes were riveted on Pepe. The native did not know how to
-hold a gun properly, let alone aim it. He had, however, sense enough to
-try. He got the stock under his chin, and, pointing the gun, he
-evidently tried to fire. But the hammerless did not go off. Then Pepe
-fumbled at the safety-catch, which he evidently remembered seeing Ken
-use.
-
-The jaguar, swimming with difficulty, perhaps badly wounded, made right
-for the boat. Pepe was standing on the seat. Awkwardly he aimed.
-
-_Boom_! He had pulled both triggers. The recoil knocked him backward.
-The hammerless fell in the boat, and Pepe's broad back hit the water;
-his bare, muscular legs clung to the gunwale, and slipped loose.
-
-He had missed the jaguar, for it kept on toward the boat. Still Ken
-dared not shoot.
-
-"George, what on earth is the matter with you?" shouted Ken.
-
-Then Ken saw him standing in the brush on the bank, fussing over the
-crazy .32. Of course at the critical moment something had gone wrong
-with the old rifle.
-
-Pepe's head bobbed up just on the other side of the boat. The jaguar
-was scarcely twenty feet distant and now in line with both boat and man.
-At that instant a heavy swirl in the water toward the middle of the
-river drew Ken's attention. He saw the big crocodile, and the great
-creature did not seem at all lazy at that moment.
-
-George began to scream in Spanish. Ken felt his hair stiffen and his
-face blanch. Pepe, who had been solely occupied with the jaguar, caught
-George's meaning and turned to see the peril in his rear.
-
-He bawled his familiar appeal to the saints. Then he grasped the gunwale
-of the boat just as it swung against the branches of the low-leaning
-tree. He vaulted rather than climbed aboard.
-
-Ken forgot that Pepe could understand little English, and he yelled:
-"Grab an oar, Pepe. Keep the jaguar in the water. Don't let him in the
-boat."
-
-But Pepe, even if he had understood, had a better idea. Nimble, he ran
-over the boat and grasped the branches of the tree just as the jaguar
-flopped paws and head over the stern gunwale.
-
-Ken had only a fleeting instant to get a bead on that yellow body, and
-before he could be sure of an aim the branch weighted with Pepe sank
-down to hide both boat and jaguar. The chill of fear for Pepe changed
-to hot rage at this new difficulty.
-
-Then George began to shoot.
-
-_Spang_!
-
-Ken heard the bullet hit the boat.
-
-"George--wait!" shouted Ken. "Don't shoot holes in the boat. You'll
-sink it."
-
-_Spang_! _Spang_! _Spang_! _Spang_!
-
-That was as much as George cared about such a possibility. He stood on
-the bank and worked the lever of his .32 with wild haste. Ken plainly
-heard the spat of the bullets, and the sound was that of lead in contact
-with wood. So he knew George was not hitting the jaguar.
-
-"You'll ruin the boat!" roared Ken.
-
-Pepe had worked up from the lower end of the branch, and as soon as he
-straddled it and hunched himself nearer shore the foliage rose out of
-the water, exposing the boat. George kept on shooting till his magazine
-was empty. Ken's position was too low for him to see the jaguar.
-
-Then the boat swung loose from the branch and, drifting down, gradually
-approached the shore.
-
-"Pull yourself together, George," called Ken. "Keep cool. Make sure of
-your aim. We've got him now."
-
-"He's mine! He's mine! He's mine! Don't you dare shoot!" howled
-George. "I got him!"
-
-"All right. But steady up, can't you? Hit him once, anyway."
-
-Apparently without aim George fired. Then, jerking the lever, he fired
-again. The boat drifted into overhanging vines. Once more Ken saw a
-yellow and black object, then a trembling trail of leaves.
-
-"He's coming out below you. Look out," yelled Ken.
-
-George disappeared. Ken saw no sign of the jaguar and heard no shot or
-shout from George. Pepe dropped from his branch to the bank and caught
-the boat. Ken called, and while Pepe rowed over to the island, he got
-into some clothes fit to hunt in. Then they hurried back across the
-channel to the bank.
-
-Ken found the trail of the jaguar, followed it up to the edge of the
-brush, and lost it in the weedy flat. George came out of a patch of
-bamboos. He looked white and shaky and wild with disappointment.
-
-"Oh, I had a dandy shot as he came out, but the blamed gun jammed again.
-Come on, we'll get him. He's all shot up. I bet I hit him ten times.
-He won't get away."
-
-Ken finally got George back to camp. The boat was half full of water,
-making it necessary to pull it out on the bank and turn it over. There
-were ten bullet-holes in it.
-
-"George, you hit the boat, anyway," Ken said; "now we've a job on our
-hands."
-
-Hal came puffing into camp. He was red of face, and the sweat stood out
-on his forehead. He had a small animal of some kind in a sack, and his
-legs were wet to his knees.
-
-"What was--all the--pegging about?" he asked, breathlessly. "I expected
-to find camp surrounded by Indians."
-
-"Kid, it's been pretty hot round here for a little. George and Pepe
-rounded up a tiger. Tell us about it, George," said Ken.
-
-So while Ken began to whittle pegs to pound into the bullet-holes,
-George wiped his flushed, sweaty face and talked.
-
-"We were up there a piece, round the bend. I saw a black squirrel and
-went ashore to get him. But I couldn't find him, and in kicking round
-in the brush I came into a kind of trail or runway. Then I ran plumb
-into that darned jaguar. I was so scared I couldn't remember my gun.
-But the cat turned and ran. It was lucky he didn't make at me. When I
-saw him run I got back my courage. I called for Pepe to row down-stream
-and keep a lookout. Then I got into the flat. I must have come down a
-good ways before I saw him. I shot, and he dodged back into the brush
-again. I fired into the moving bushes where he was. And pretty soon I
-ventured to get in on the bank, where I had a better chance. I guess it
-was about that time that I heard you yell. Then it all happened. You
-hit him! Didn't you hear him scream? What a jump he made! If it hadn't
-been so terrible when your hammerless kicked Pepe overboard, I would
-have died laughing. Then I was paralyzed when the jaguar swam for the
-boat. He was hurt, for the water was bloody. Things came off quick, I
-tell you. Like a monkey Pepe scrambled into the tree. When I got my gun
-loaded the jaguar was crouched down in the bottom of the boat watching
-Pepe. Then I began to shoot. I can't realize he got away from us.
-What was the reason you didn't knock him?"
-
-"Well, you see, George, there were two good reasons," Ken replied. "The
-first was that at that time I was busy dodging bullets from your rifle.
-And the second was that you threatened my life if I killed your jaguar."
-
-"Did I get as nutty as that? But it was pretty warm there for a
-little.... Say, was he a big one? My eyes were so hazy I didn't see
-him clear."
-
-"He wasn't big, not half as big as the one I lost yesterday. Yours was
-a long, wiry beast, like a panther, and mean-looking."
-
-Pepe sat on the bank, and while he nursed his bruises he smoked. Once
-he made a speech that was untranslatable, but Hal gave it an
-interpretation which was probably near correct.
-
-"That's right, Pepe. Pretty punk tiger-hunters--mucho punk!"
-
-
-
-
- *XVIII*
-
- *WATCHING A RUNWAY*
-
-
-"I'll tell you what, fellows," said Hal. "I know where we _can_ get a
-tiger."
-
-"We'll get one in the neck if we don't watch out," replied George.
-
-Ken thought that Hal looked very frank and earnest, and honest and
-eager, but there was never any telling about him.
-
-"Where?" he asked, skeptically.
-
-"Down along the river. You know I've been setting traps all along.
-There's a flat sand-bar for a good piece down. I came to a little gully
-full of big tracks, big as my two hands. And fresh!"
-
-"Honest Injun, kid?" queried Ken.
-
-"Hope to die if I'm lyin'," replied Hal. "I want to see somebody kill a
-tiger. Now let's go down there in the boat and wait for one to come to
-drink. There's a big log with driftwood lodged on it. We can hide
-behind that."
-
-"Great idea, Hal," said Ken. "We'd be pretty safe in the boat. I want
-to say that tigers have sort of got on my nerves. I ought to go over in
-the jungle to look for the one I crippled. He's dead by now. But the
-longer I put it off the harder it is to go. I'll back out yet....
-Come, we'll have an early dinner. Then to watch for Hal's tiger."
-
-The sun had just set, and the hot breeze began to swirl up the river
-when Ken slid the boat into the water. He was pleased to find that it
-did not leak.
-
-"We'll take only two guns," said Ken, "my .351 and the hammerless, with
-some ball-cartridges. We want to be quiet to-night, and if you fellows
-take your guns you'll be pegging at ducks and things. That won't do."
-
-Pepe sat at the oars with instructions to row easily. George and Hal
-occupied the stern-seats, and Ken took his place in the bow, with both
-guns at hand.
-
-The hot wind roared in the cypresses, and the river whipped up little
-waves with white crests. Long streamers of gray moss waved out over the
-water and branches tossed and swayed. The blow did not last for many
-minutes. Trees and river once more grew quiet. And suddenly the heat
-was gone.
-
-As Pepe rowed on down the river, Cypress Island began to disappear round
-a bend, and presently was out of sight. Ducks were already in flight.
-They flew low over the boat, so low that Ken could almost have reached
-them with the barrel of his gun. The river here widened. It was full
-of huge snags. A high, wooded bluff shadowed the western shore. On the
-left, towering cypresses, all laced together in dense vine and moss
-webs, leaned out.
-
-Under Hal's direction Pepe rowed to a pile of driftwood, and here the
-boat was moored. The gully mentioned by Hal was some sixty yards
-distant. It opened like the mouth of a cave. Beyond the cypresses
-thick, intertwining bamboos covered it.
-
-"I wish we'd gone in to see the tracks," said Ken. "But I'll take your
-word, Hal."
-
-"Oh, they're there, all right."
-
-"I don't doubt it. Looks great to me! That's a runway, Hal.... Now,
-boys, get a comfortable seat, and settle down to wait. Don't talk. Just
-listen and watch. Remember, soon we'll be out of the jungle, back home.
-So make hay while the sun shines. Watch and listen! Whoever sees or
-hears anything first is the best man."
-
-For once the boys were as obedient as lambs. But then, Ken thought, the
-surroundings were so beautiful and wild and silent that any boys would
-have been watchful.
-
-There was absolutely no sound but the intermittent whir of wings. The
-water-fowl flew by in companies--ducks, cranes, herons, snipe, and the
-great Muscovies. Ken never would have tired of that procession. It
-passed all too soon, and then only an occasional water-fowl swept
-swiftly by, as if belated.
-
-Slowly the wide river-lane shaded. But it was still daylight, and the
-bank and the runway were clearly distinguishable. There was a
-moment--Ken could not tell just how he knew--when the jungle awakened.
-It was not only the faint hum of insects; it was a sense as if life
-stirred with the coming of twilight.
-
-Pepe was the first to earn honors at the listening game. He held up a
-warning forefinger. Then he pointed under the bluff. Ken saw a doe
-stepping out of a fringe of willows.
-
-"Don't move--don't make a noise," whispered Ken.
-
-The doe shot up long ears and watched the boat. Then a little fawn
-trotted out and splashed in the water. Both deer drank, then seemed in
-no hurry to leave the river.
-
-Next moment Hal heard something downstream and George saw something
-up-stream. Pepe again whispered. As for Ken, he saw little dark shapes
-moving out of the shadow of the runway. He heard a faint trampling of
-hard little hoofs. But if these animals were _javelin_--of which he was
-sure--they did not come out into the open runway. Ken tried to catch
-Pepe's attention without making a noise; however, Pepe was absorbed in
-his side of the river. Ken then forgot he had companions. All along
-the shores were faint splashings and rustlings and crackings.
-
-A loud, trampling roar rose in the runway and seemed to move backward
-toward the jungle, diminishing in violence.
-
-"Pigs running--something scared 'em," said George.
-
-"S-s-s-sh!" whispered Ken.
-
-All the sounds ceased. The jungle seemed to sleep in deep silence.
-
-Ken's eyes were glued to the light patch of sand-bank where it merged in
-the dark of the runway. Then Ken heard a sound--what, he could not have
-told. But it made his heart beat fast.
-
-There came a few pattering thuds, soft as velvet; and a shadow, paler
-than the dark background, moved out of the runway.
-
-With that a huge jaguar loped into the open. He did not look around. He
-took a long, easy bound down to the water and began to lap.
-
-Either Pepe or George jerked so violently as to make the boat lurch.
-They seemed to be stifling.
-
-"Oh, Ken, don't miss!" whispered Hal.
-
-Ken had the automatic over the log and in line. His teeth were shut
-tight, and he was cold and steady. He meant not to hurry.
-
-The jaguar was a heavy, squat, muscular figure, not graceful and
-beautiful like the one Ken had crippled. Suddenly he raised his head
-and looked about. He had caught a scent.
-
-It was then that Ken lowered the rifle till the sight covered the
-beast--lower yet to his huge paws, then still lower to the edge of the
-water. Ken meant to shoot low enough this time. Holding the rifle
-there, and holding it with all his strength, he pressed the trigger
-once--twice. The two shots rang out almost simultaneously. Ken
-expected to see this jaguar leap, but the beast crumpled up and sank in
-his tracks.
-
-Then the boys yelled, and Ken echoed them. Pepe was wildly excited, and
-began to fumble with the oars.
-
-"Wait! Wait, I tell you!" ordered Ken.
-
-"Oh, Ken, you pegged him!" cried Hal. "He doesn't move. Let's go
-ashore. What did I tell you? It took me to find the tiger."
-
-Ken watched with sharp eyes and held his rifle ready, but the huddled
-form on the sand never so much as twitched.
-
-"I guess I plugged him," said Ken, with unconscious pride.
-
-Pepe rowed the boat ashore, and when near the sand-bar he reached out
-with an oar to touch the jaguar. There was no doubt about his being
-dead. The boys leaped ashore and straightened out the beast. He was
-huge, dirty, spotted, bloody, and fiercely savage even in death. Ken's
-bullets had torn through the chest, making fearful wounds. Pepe
-jabbered, and the boys all talked at once. When it came to lifting the
-jaguar into the boat they had no slight task. The short, thick-set body
-was very heavy. But at last they loaded it in the bow, and Pepe rowed
-back to the island. It was still a harder task to get the jaguar up the
-high bank. Pepe kindled a fire so they would have plenty of light, and
-then they set to work at the skinning.
-
-What with enthusiasm over the stalk, and talk of the success of the
-trip, and compliments to Ken's shooting, and care of the skinning, the
-boys were three hours at the job. Ken, remembering Hiram Bent's
-teachings, skinned out the great claws himself. They salted the pelt
-and nailed it up on the big cypress.
-
-"You'd never have got one but for me," said Hal. "That's how I pay you
-for the tricks you've played me!"
-
-"By George, Hal, it's a noble revenge!" cried Ken, who, in the warmth
-and glow of happiness of the time, quite believed his brother.
-
-Pepe went to bed first. George turned in next. Ken took a last look at
-the great pelt stretched on the cypress, and then he sought his
-blankets. Hal, however, remained up. Ken heard him pounding stakes in
-the ground.
-
-"Hal, what 're you doing?"
-
-"I'm settin' my trot-lines," replied Hal, cheerfully.
-
-"Well, come to bed."
-
-"Keep your shirt on, Ken, old boy. I'll be along presently."
-
-Ken fell asleep. He did not have peaceful slumbers. He had been too
-excited to rest well. He would wake up out of a nightmare, then go to
-sleep again. He seemed to wake suddenly out of one of these black
-spells, and he was conscious of pain. Something tugged at his leg.
-
-"What the dickens!" he said, and raised on his elbow. Hal was asleep
-between George and Pepe, who were snoring.
-
-Just then Ken felt a violent jerk. The blankets flew up at his feet,
-and his left leg went out across his brother's body. There was a
-string--a rope--something fast round his ankle, and it was pulling hard.
-It hurt.
-
-"Jiminy!" shouted Ken, reaching for his foot. But before he could reach
-it another tug, more violent, pulled his leg straight out. Ken began to
-slide.
-
-"What on earth?" yelled Ken. "Say! Something's got me!"
-
-The yells and Ken's rude exertions aroused the boys. And they were
-frightened. Ken got an arm around Hal and the other around George and
-held on for dear life. He was more frightened than they. Pepe leaped
-up, jabbering, and, tripping, he fell all in a heap.
-
-"Oh! my leg!" howled Ken. "It's being pulled off. Say, I can't be
-dreaming!"
-
-Most assuredly Ken was wide awake. The moonlight showed his bare leg
-sticking out and round his ankle a heavy trot-line. It was stretched
-tight. It ran down over the bank. And out there in the river a
-tremendous fish or a crocodile was surging about, making the water roar.
-
-Pepe was trying to loosen the line or break it. George, who was always
-stupid when first aroused, probably imagined he was being mauled by a
-jaguar, for he loudly bellowed. Ken had a strangle-hold on Hal.
-
-"Oh! _Oh_! _Oh-h-h_!" bawled Ken. Not only was he scared out of a
-year's growth; he was in terrible pain. Then his cries grew
-unintelligible. He was being dragged out of the tent. Still he clung
-desperately to the howling George and the fighting Hal.
-
-All at once something snapped. The tension relaxed. Ken fell back upon
-Hal.
-
-"Git off me, will you?" shouted Hal. "Are you c-c-cr-azy?"
-
-But Hal's voice had not the usual note when he was angry or impatient.
-He was laughing so he could not speak naturally.
-
-"Uh-huh!" said Ken, and sat up. "I guess here was where I got it. Is
-my leg broken? What came off?"
-
-Pepe was staggering about on the bank, going through strange motions.
-He had the line in his hands, and at the other end was a monster of some
-land threshing about in the water. It was moonlight and Ken could see
-plainly. Around the ankle that felt broken was a twisted loop of
-trot-line. Hal had baited a hook and slipped the end of the trot-line
-over Ken's foot. During the night the crocodile or an enormous fish had
-taken the bait. Then Ken had nearly been hauled off the island.
-
-Pepe was doing battle with the hooked thing, whatever it was, and Ken
-was about to go to his assistance when again the line broke.
-
-"Great! Hal, you have a nice disposition," exclaimed Ken. "You have a
-wonderful affection for your brother. You care a lot about his legs or
-his life. Idiot! Can't you play a safe trick? If I hadn't grabbed you
-and George, I'd been pulled into the river. Eaten up, maybe! And my
-ankle is sprained. It won't be any good for a week. You are a bright
-boy!"
-
-And in spite of his laughter Hal began to look ashamed.
-
-
-
-
- *XIX*
-
- *ADVENTURES WITH CROCODILES*
-
-
-The rest of that night Ken had more dreams; and they were not pleasant.
-He awoke from one in a cold fright.
-
-It must have been late, for the moon was low. His ankle pained and
-throbbed, and to that he attributed his nightmare. He was falling
-asleep again when the clink of tin pans made him sit up with a start.
-Some animal was prowling about camp. He peered into the moonlit
-shadows, but could make out no unfamiliar object. Still he was not
-satisfied; so he awoke Pepe.
-
-Certainly it was not Ken's intention to let Pepe get out ahead;
-nevertheless he was lame and slow, and before he started Pepe rolled out
-of the tent.
-
-"Santa Maria!" shrieked Pepe.
-
-Ken fumbled under his pillow for a gun. Hal raised up so quickly that he
-bumped Ken's head, making him see a million stars. George rolled over,
-nearly knocking down the tent.
-
-From outside came a sliddery, rustling noise, then another yell that was
-deadened by a sounding splash. Ken leaped out with his gun, George at
-his elbow. Pepe stood just back of the tent, his arms upraised, and he
-appeared stunned. The water near the bank was boiling and bubbling;
-waves were dashing on the shore and ripples spreading in a circle.
-
-George shouted in Spanish.
-
-"Crocodile!" cried Ken.
-
-"Si, si, Senor," replied Pepe. Then he said that when he stepped out of
-the tent the crocodile was right in camp, not ten feet from where the
-boys lay. Pepe also said that these brutes were man-eaters, and that he
-had better watch for the rest of the night. Ken thought him, like all
-the natives, inclined to exaggerate; however, he made no objection to
-Pepe's holding watch over the crocodile.
-
-"What'd I tell you?" growled George. "Why didn't you let me shoot him?
-Let's go back to bed."
-
-In the morning when Ken got up he viewed his body with great curiosity.
-The ticks and the cigarette burns had left him a beautifully tattoed
-specimen of aborigine. His body, especially his arms, bore hundreds of
-little reddish scars--bites and burns together. There was not, however,
-any itching or irritation, for which he made sure he had to thank Pepe's
-skill and the _canya_.
-
-George did not get up when Ken called him. Thinking his sleep might
-have been broken, Ken let him alone a while longer, but when breakfast
-was smoking he gave him a prod. George rolled over, looking haggard and
-glum.
-
-"I'm sick," he said.
-
-Ken's cheerfulness left him, for he knew what sickness or injury did to
-a camping trip. George complained of aching bones, headache and cramps,
-and showed a tongue with a yellow coating. Ken said he had eaten too
-much fresh meat, but Pepe, after looking George over, called it a name
-that sounded like _calentura_.
-
-"What's that?" Ken inquired.
-
-"Tropic fever," replied George. "I've had it before."
-
-For a while he was a very sick boy. Ken had a little medicine-case, and
-from it he administered what he thought was best, and George grew easier
-presently. Then Ken sat down to deliberate on the situation.
-
-Whatever way he viewed it, he always came back to the same thing--they
-must get out of the jungle; and as they could not go back, they must go
-on down the river. That was a bad enough proposition without being
-hampered by a sick boy. It was then Ken had a subtle change of feeling;
-a shade of gloom seemed to pervade his spirit.
-
-By nine o'clock they were packed, and, turning into the shady channel,
-soon were out in the sunlight saying good-by to Cypress Island. At the
-moment Ken did not feel sorry to go, yet he knew that feeling would come
-by and by, and that Cypress Island would take its place in his memory as
-one more haunting, calling wild place.
-
-They turned a curve to run under a rocky bluff from which came a muffled
-roar of rapids. A long, projecting point of rock extended across the
-river, allowing the water to rush through only at a narrow mill-race
-channel close to the shore. It was an obstacle to get around. There was
-no possibility of lifting the boat over the bridge of rock, and the
-alternative was shooting the channel. Ken got out upon the rocks, only
-to find that drifting the boat round the sharp point was out of the
-question, owing to a dangerously swift current. Ken tried the depth of
-the water--about four feet. Then he dragged the boat back a little
-distance and stepped into the river.
-
-"Look! Look!" cried Pepe, pointing to the bank.
-
-About ten yards away was a bare shelf of mud glistening with water and
-showing the deep tracks of a crocodile. It was a slide, and manifestly
-had just been vacated. The crocodile-tracks resembled the imprints of a
-giant's hand.
-
-"Come out!" yelled George, and Pepe jabbered to his saints.
-
-"We've got to go down this river," Ken replied, and he kept on wading
-till he got the boat in the current. He was frightened, of course, but
-he kept on despite that. The boat lurched into the channel, stern
-first, and he leaped up on the bow. It shot down with the speed of a
-toboggan, and the boat whirled before he could scramble to the oars.
-What was worse, an overhanging tree with dead snags left scarce room to
-pass beneath. Ken ducked to prevent being swept overboard, and one of
-the snags that brushed and scraped him ran under his belt and lifted him
-into the air. He grasped at the first thing he could lay hands on,
-which happened to be a box, but he could not hold to it because the boat
-threatened to go on, leaving him kicking in midair and holding up a box
-of potatoes. Ken clutched a gunwale, only to see the water swell
-dangerously over the edge. In angry helplessness he loosened his hold.
-Then the snag broke, just in the nick of time, for in a second more the
-boat would have been swept away. Ken fell across the bow, held on, and
-soon drifted from under the threshing branches, and seized the oars.
-
-Pepe and George and Hal walked round the ledge and, even when they
-reached Ken, had not stopped laughing.
-
-"Boys, it wasn't funny," declared Ken, soberly.
-
-"I said it was coming to us," replied George.
-
-There were rapids below, and Ken went at them with stern eyes and set
-lips. It was the look of men who face obstacles in getting out of the
-wilderness. More than one high wave circled spitefully round Pepe's
-broad shoulders.
-
-They came to a fall where the river dropped a few feet straight down.
-Ken sent the boys below. Hal and George made a detour. But Pepe jumped
-off the ledge into shallow water.
-
-"_Ah-h!_" yelled Pepe.
-
-Ken was becoming accustomed to Pepe's wild yell, but there was a note in
-this which sent a shiver over him. Before looking, Ken snatched his
-rifle from the boat.
-
-Pepe appeared to be sailing out into the pool. But his feet were not
-moving.
-
-Ken had only an instant, but in that he saw under Pepe a long, yellow,
-swimming shape, leaving a wake in the water. Pepe had jumped upon the
-back of a crocodile. He seemed paralyzed, or else he was wisely
-trusting himself there rather than in the water. Ken was too shocked to
-offer advice. Indeed, he would not have known how to meet this
-situation.
-
-Suddenly Pepe leaped for a dry stone, and the energy of his leap carried
-him into the river beyond. Like a flash he was out again, spouting
-water.
-
-Ken turned loose the automatic on the crocodile and shot a magazine of
-shells. The crocodile made a tremendous surge, churning up a slimy
-foam, then vanished in a pool.
-
-"Guess this 'll be crocodile day," said Ken, changing the clip in his
-rifle. "I'll bet I made a hole in that one. Boys, look out below."
-
-Ken shoved the boat over the ledge in line with Pepe, and it floated to
-him, while Ken picked his way round the rocky shore. The boys piled
-aboard again. The day began to get hot. Ken cautioned the boys to
-avoid wading, if possible, and to be extremely careful where they
-stepped. Pepe pointed now and then to huge bubbles breaking on the
-surface of the water and said they were made by crocodiles.
-
-From then on Ken's hands were full. He struck swift water, where rapid
-after rapid, fall on fall, took the boat downhill at a rate to afford
-him satisfaction. The current had a five or six mile speed, and, as Ken
-had no portages to make and the corrugated rapids of big waves gave him
-speed, he made by far the best time of the voyage.
-
-The hot hours passed--cool for the boys because they were always wet.
-The sun sank behind a hill. The wind ceased to whip the streamers of
-moss. At last, in a gathering twilight, Ken halted at a wide, flat rock
-to make camp.
-
-"Forty miles to-day if we made an inch!" exclaimed Ken.
-
-The boys said more.
-
-They built a fire, cooked supper, and then, weary and silent, Hal and
-George and Pepe rolled into their blankets. But Ken doggedly worked an
-hour at his map and notes. That hard forty miles meant a long way
-toward the success of his trip.
-
-Next morning the mists had not lifted from the river when they shoved
-off, determined to beat the record of yesterday. Difficulties beset
-them from the start--the highest waterfall of the trip, a leak in the
-boat, deep, short rapids, narrows with choppy waves, and a whirlpool
-where they turned round and round, unable to row out. Nor did they get
-free till Pepe lassoed a snag and pulled them out.
-
-About noon they came to another narrow chute brawling down into a deep,
-foamy pool. Again Ken sent the boys around, and he backed the boat into
-the chute; and just as the current caught it he leaped aboard. He was
-either tired or careless, for he drifted too close to a half-submerged
-rock, and, try as he might, at the last moment he could not avoid a
-collision.
-
-As the stern went hard on the rock Ken expected to break something, but
-was surprised at the soft thud with which he struck. It flashed into his
-mind that the rock was moss-covered.
-
-Quick as the thought there came a rumble under the boat, the stern
-heaved up, there was a great sheet-like splash, and then a blow that
-splintered the gunwale. Then the boat shunted off, affording the
-astounded Ken a good view of a very angry crocodile. He had been
-sleeping on the rock.
-
-The boys were yelling and crowding down to the shore where Ken was
-drifting in. Pepe waded in to catch the boat.
-
-"What was it hit you, Ken?" asked Hal.
-
-"Mucho malo," cried Pepe.
-
-"The boat's half full of water--the gunwale's all split!" ejaculated
-George.
-
-"Only an accident of river travel," replied Ken, with mock nonchalance.
-"Say, Garrapato, _when_, about _when_ is it coming to me?"
-
-"Well, if he didn't get slammed by a crocodile!" continued George.
-
-They unloaded, turned out the water, broke up a box to use for repairs,
-and mended the damaged gunwale--work that lost more than a good hour.
-Once again under way, Ken made some interesting observations. The river
-ceased to stand on end in places; crocodiles slipped off every muddy
-promontory, and wide trails ridged the steep clay-banks.
-
-"Cattle-trails, Pepe says," said George. "Wild cattle roam all through
-the jungle along the Panuco."
-
-It was a well-known fact that the rancheros of Tamaulipas State had no
-idea how many cattle they owned. Ken was so eager to see if Pepe had
-been correct that he went ashore, to find the trails were, indeed, those
-of cattle.
-
-"Then, Pepe, we must be somewhere near the Panuco River," he said.
-
-"Quien sabe?" rejoined he, quietly.
-
-When they rounded the curve they came upon a herd of cattle that
-clattered up the bank, raising a cloud of dust.
-
-"Wilder than deer!" Ken exclaimed.
-
-From that point conditions along the river changed. The banks were no
-longer green; the beautiful cypresses gave place to other trees, as
-huge, as moss-wound, but more rugged and of gaunt outline; the flowers
-and vines and shady nooks disappeared. Everywhere wide-horned steers
-and cows plunged up the banks. Everywhere buzzards rose from gruesome
-feasts. The shore was lined with dead cattle, and the stench of
-putrefying flesh was almost unbearable. They passed cattle mired in the
-mud, being slowly tortured to death by flies and hunger; they passed
-cattle that had slipped off steep banks and could not get back and were
-bellowing dismally; and also strangely acting cattle that Pepe said had
-gone crazy from ticks in their ears. Ken would have put these miserable
-beasts out of their misery had not George restrained him with a few
-words about Mexican law.
-
-A sense of sickness came to Ken, and though he drove the feeling from
-him, it continually returned. George and Hal lay flat on the canvas,
-shaded with a couple of palm leaves; Pepe rowed on and on, growing more
-and more serious and quiet. His quick, responsive smile was wanting
-now.
-
-By way of diversion, and also in the hope of securing a specimen, Ken
-began to shoot at the crocodiles. George came out of his lethargy and
-took up his rifle. He would have had to be ill indeed, to forswear any
-possible shooting; and, now that Ken had removed the bar, he forgot he
-had fever. Every hundred yards or so they would come upon a crocodile
-measuring somewhere from about six feet upward, and occasionally they
-would see a great yellow one, as large as a log. Seldom did they get
-within good range of these huge fellows, and shooting from a moving boat
-was not easy. The smaller ones, however, allowed the boat to approach
-quite close. George bounced many a .32 bullet off the bank, but he
-never hit a crocodile. Ken allowed him to have the shots for the fun of
-it, and, besides, he was watching for a big one.
-
-"George, that rifle of yours is leaded. It doesn't shoot where you
-aim."
-
-When they got unusually close to a small crocodile George verified Ken's
-statement by missing his game some yards. He promptly threw the
-worn-out rifle overboard, an act that caused Pepe much concern.
-
-Whereupon Ken proceeded to try his luck. Instructing Pepe to row about
-in the middle of the stream, he kept eye on one shore while George
-watched the other. He shot half a dozen small crocodiles, but they
-slipped off the bank before Pepe could get ashore. This did not appear
-to be the fault of the rifle, for some of the reptiles were shot almost
-in two pieces. But Ken had yet to learn more about the tenacity of life
-of these water-brutes. Several held still long enough for Ken to shoot
-them through, then with a plunge they went into the water, sinking at
-once in a bloody foam. He knew he had shot them through, for he saw
-large holes in the mud-banks lined with bits of bloody skin and bone.
-
-"There's one," said George, pointing. "Let's get closer, so we can grab
-him. He's got a good piece to go before he reaches the water."
-
-Pepe rowed slowly along, guiding the boat a little nearer the shore. At
-forty feet the crocodile raised up, standing on short legs, so that all
-but his tail was free of the ground. He opened his huge jaws either in
-astonishment or to intimidate them, and then Ken shot him straight down
-the throat. He flopped convulsively and started to slide and roll.
-When he reached the water he turned over on his back, with his feet
-sticking up, resembling a huge frog. Pepe rowed hard to the shore, just
-as the crocodile with one last convulsion rolled off into deeper water.
-Ken reached over, grasped his foot, and was drawing it up when a sight
-of cold, glassy eyes and open-fanged jaws made him let go. Then the
-crocodile sank in water where Pepe could not touch bottom with an oar.
-
-"Let's get one if it takes a week," declared George. The lad might be
-sick, but there was nothing wrong with his spirit. "Look there!" he
-exclaimed. "Oh, I guess it's a log. Too big!"
-
-They had been unable to tell the difference between a crocodile and a
-log of driftwood until it was too late. In this instance a long,
-dirty-gray object lay upon a low bank. Despite its immense size, which
-certainly made the chances in favor of its being a log, Ken determined
-this time to be fooled on the right side. He had seen a dozen logs--as
-he thought--suddenly become animated and slip into the river.
-
-"Hold steady, Pepe. I'll take a crack at that just for luck."
-
-The distance was about a hundred yards, a fine range for the little
-rifle. Resting on his knee, he sighted low, under the gray object, and
-pulled the trigger twice. There were two spats so close together as to
-be barely distinguishable. The log of driftwood leaped into life.
-
-"Whoop!" shouted Hal.
-
-"It's a crocodile!" yelled George. "You hit--you hit! Will you listen
-to that?"
-
-"Row hard, Pepe--pull!"
-
-He bent to the oars, and the boat flew shoreward.
-
-The huge crocodile, opening yard-long jaws, snapped them shut with loud
-cracks. Then he beat the bank with his tail. It was as limber as a
-willow, but he seemed unable to move his central parts, his thick bulk,
-where Ken had sent the two mushroom bullets. _Whack_! _Whack_!
-_Whack_! The sodden blows jarred pieces from the clay-bank above him.
-Each blow was powerful enough to have staved in the planking of a ship.
-All at once he lunged upward and, falling over backward, slid down his
-runway into a few inches of water, where he stuck.
-
-"Go in above him, Pepe," Ken shouted. "Here-- Heavens! What a
-monster!"
-
-Deliberately, at scarce twenty feet, Ken shot the remaining four shells
-into the crocodile. The bullets tore through his horny hide, and blood
-and muddy water spouted up. George and Pepe and Hal yelled, and Ken kept
-time with them. The terrible lashing tail swung back and forth almost
-too swiftly for the eye to catch. A deluge of mud and water descended
-upon the boys, bespattering, blinding them and weighing down the boat.
-They jumped out upon the bank to escape it. They ran to and fro in
-aimless excitement. Ken still clutched the rifle, but he had no shells
-for it. George was absurd enough to fling a stone into the blood-tinged
-cloud of muddy froth and spray that hid the threshing leviathan.
-Presently the commotion subsided enough for them to see the great
-crocodile lying half on his back, with belly all torn and bloody and
-huge claw-like hands pawing the air. He was edging, slipping off into
-deeper water.
-
-"He'll get away--he'll get away!" cried Hal. "What 'll we do?"
-
-Ken racked his brains.
-
-"Pepe, get your lasso--rope him--rope him! Hurry! he's slipping!"
-yelled George.
-
-Pepe snatched up his lariat, and, without waiting to coil it, cast the
-loop. He caught one of the flippers and hauled tight on it just as the
-crocodile slipped out of sight off the muddy ledge. The others ran to
-the boat, and, grasping hold of the lasso with Pepe, squared away and
-began to pull. Plain it was that the crocodile was not coming up so
-easily. They could not budge him.
-
-"Hang on, boys!" Ken shouted. "It's a tug-of-war."
-
-The lasso was suddenly jerked out with a kind of twang. Crash! went
-Pepe and Hal into the bottom of the boat. Ken went sprawling into the
-mud, and George, who had the last hold, went to his knees, but valiantly
-clung to the slipping rope. Bounding up, Ken grasped it from him and
-wound it round the sharp nose of the bowsprit.
-
-"Get in--hustle!" he called, falling aboard. "You're always saying it's
-coming to us. Here's where!"
-
-George had hardly got into the boat when the crocodile pulled it off
-shore, and away it went, sailing down-stream.
-
-"Whoop! All aboard for Panuco!" yelled Hal.
-
-"Now, Pepe, you don't need to row any more--we've a water-horse," Ken
-added.
-
-But Pepe did not enter into the spirit of the occasion. He kept calling
-on the saints and crying, "Mucho malo." George and Ken and Hal,
-however, were hilarious. They had not yet had experience enough to know
-crocodiles.
-
-Faster and faster they went. The water began to surge away from the bow
-and leave a gurgling wake behind the stern. Soon the boat reached the
-middle of the river where the water was deepest, and the lasso went
-almost straight down.
-
-Ken felt the stern of the boat gradually lifted, and then, in alarm, he
-saw the front end sinking in the water. The crocodile was hauling the
-bow under.
-
-"Pepe--your machete--cut the lasso!" he ordered, sharply. George had to
-repeat the order.
-
-Wildly Pepe searched under the seat and along the gunwales. He could
-not find the _machete_.
-
-"Cut the rope!" Ken thundered. "Use a knife, the ax--anything--only cut
-it--and cut it quick!"
-
-Pepe could find nothing. Knife in hand, Ken leaped over his head,
-sprawled headlong over the trunk, and slashed the taut lasso just as the
-water began to roar into the boat. The bow bobbed up as a cork that had
-been under. But the boat had shipped six inches of water.
-
-[Illustration: KNIFE IN HAND, KEN LEAPED OVER HIS HEAD AND SLASHED THE
-TAUT LASSO]
-
-"Row ashore, Pepe. Steady, there. Trim the boat, George."
-
-They beached at a hard clay-bank and rested a little before unloading to
-turn out the water.
-
-"Grande!" observed Pepe.
-
-"Yes; he was big," assented George.
-
-"I wonder what's going to happen to us next," added Hal.
-
-Ken Ward looked at these companions of his and he laughed outright.
-"Well, if you all don't take the cake for nerve!"
-
-
-
-
- *XX*
-
- *TREED BY WILD PIGS*
-
-
-Pepe's long years of _mozo_ work, rowing for tarpon fishermen, now stood
-the boys in good stead. All the hot hours of the day he bent steadily
-to the oars. Occasionally they came to rifts, but these were not
-difficult to pass, being mere swift, shallow channels over sandy bottom.
-The rocks and the rapids were things of the past.
-
-George lay in a kind of stupor, and Hal lolled in his seat. Ken,
-however, kept alert, and as the afternoon wore on began to be annoyed at
-the scarcity of camp-sites.
-
-The muddy margins of the river, the steep banks, and the tick-infested
-forests offered few places where it was possible to rest, to say nothing
-of sleep. Every turn in the widening river gave Ken hope, which
-resulted in disappointment. He found consolation, however, in the fact
-that every turn and every hour put him so much farther on the way.
-
-About five o'clock Ken had unexpected good luck in shape of a small
-sand-bar cut off from the mainland, and therefore free of cattle-tracks.
-It was clean and dry, with a pile of driftwood at one end.
-
-"Tumble out, boys," called Ken, as Pepe beached the boat. "We'll pitch
-camp here."
-
-Neither Hal nor George showed any alacrity. Ken watched his brother; he
-feared to see some of the symptoms of George's sickness. Both lads,
-however, seemed cheerful, though too tired to be of much use in the
-pitching of camp.
-
-Ken could not recover his former good spirits. There was a sense of
-foreboding in his mind that all was not well, that he must hurry, hurry.
-And although George appeared to be holding his own, Hal healthy enough,
-and Pepe's brooding quiet at least no worse, Ken could not rid himself
-of gloom. If he had answered the question that knocked at his mind he
-would have admitted a certainty of disaster. So he kept active, and
-when there were no more tasks for that day he worked on his note-book,
-and then watched the flight of wild fowl.
-
-The farther down the river the boys traveled the more numerous were the
-herons and cranes and ducks. But they saw no more of the beautiful
-_pato real_, as Pepe called them, or the little russet-colored ducks, or
-the dismal-voiced bitterns. On the other hand, wild geese were common,
-and there were flocks and flocks of teal and canvasbacks.
-
-Pepe, as usual, cooked duck. And he had to eat it. George had lost his
-appetite altogether. Hal had lost his taste for meat, at least. And
-Ken made a frugal meal of rice.
-
-"Boys," he said, "the less you eat from now on the better for you."
-
-It took resolution to drink the cocoa, for Ken could not shut out
-remembrance of the green water and the shore-line of dead and decaying
-cattle. Still, he was parched with thirst; he had to drink. That night
-he slept ten hours without turning over. Next morning he had to shake
-Pepe to rouse him.
-
-Ken took turns at the oars with Pepe. It was not only that he fancied
-Pepe was weakening and in need of an occasional rest, but the fact that
-he wanted to be occupied, and especially to keep in good condition. They
-made thirty miles by four o'clock, and most of it against a breeze. Not
-in the whole distance did they pass half a dozen places fit for a camp.
-Toward evening the river narrowed again, resembling somewhat the Santa
-Rosa of earlier acquaintance. The magnificent dark forests crowded high
-on the banks, always screened and curtained by gray moss, as if to keep
-their secrets.
-
-The sun was just tipping with gold the mossy crests of a grove of giant
-ceibas, when the boys rounded a bend to come upon the first ledge of
-rocks for two days. A low, grassy promontory invited the eyes searching
-for camping-ground. This spot appeared ideal; it certainly was
-beautiful. The ledge jutted into the river almost to the opposite
-shore, forcing the water to rush through a rocky trough into a great
-foam-spotted pool below.
-
-They could not pitch the tent, since the stony ground would not admit
-stakes, so they laid the canvas flat. Pepe went up the bank with his
-_machete_ in search of firewood. To Ken's utmost delight he found a
-little spring of sweet water trickling from the ledge, and by digging a
-hole was enabled to get a drink, the first one in more than a week.
-
-A little later, as he was spreading the blankets, George called his
-attention to shouts up in the woods.
-
-"Pepe's treed something," Ken said. "Take your gun and hunt him up."
-
-Ken went on making a bed and busying himself about camp, with little
-heed to George's departure. Presently, however, he was startled by
-unmistakable sounds of alarm. George and Pepe were yelling in unison,
-and, from the sound, appeared to be quite a distance away.
-
-"What the deuce!" Ken ejaculated, snatching up his rifle. He snapped a
-clip in the magazine and dropped several loaded clips and a box of extra
-shells into his coat pocket. After his adventure with the jaguar he
-decided never again to find himself short of ammunition. Running up the
-sloping bank, he entered the forest, shouting for his companions.
-Answering cries came from in front and a little to the left. He could
-not make out what was said.
-
-Save for drooping moss the forest was comparatively open, and at a
-hundred paces from the river-bank were glades covered with thickets and
-long grass and short palm-trees. The ground sloped upward quite
-perceptibly.
-
-"Hey, boys, where are you?" called Ken.
-
-Pepe's shrill yells mingled with George's shouts. At first their
-meaning was unintelligible, but after calling twice Ken understood.
-
-"Javelin! Go back! Javelin! We're treed! Wild pigs! Santa Maria!
-Run for your life!"
-
-This was certainly enlightening and rather embarrassing. Ken remembered
-the other time the boys had made him run, and he grew hot with anger.
-
-"I'll be blessed if I'll run!" he said, in the pride of conceit and
-wounded vanity. Whereupon he began to climb the slope, stopping every
-few steps to listen and look. Ken wondered what had made Pepe go so far
-for fire-wood; still, there was nothing but green wood all about.
-Walking round a clump of seared and yellow palms that rustled in the
-breeze, Ken suddenly espied George's white shirt. He was in a scrubby
-sapling not fifteen feet from the ground. Then Ken espied Pepe, perched
-in the forks of a ceiba, high above the thickets and low shrubbery. Ken
-was scarcely more than a dozen rods from them down the gradual slope.
-Both saw him at once.
-
-"Run, you Indian! Run!" bawled George, waving his hands.
-
-George implored Ken to fly to save his precious life.
-
-"What for? you fools! I don't see anything to run from," Ken shouted
-back. His temper had soured a little during the last few days.
-
-"You'd better run, or you'll have to climb," replied George. "Wild
-pigs--a thousand of 'em!"
-
-"Where?"
-
-"Right under us. There! Oh, if they see you! Listen to this." He
-broke off a branch, trimmed it of leaves, and flung it down. Ken heard
-a low, trampling roar of many hard little feet, brushings in the
-thicket, and cracking of twigs. As close as he was, however, he could
-not see a moving object. The dead grass and brush were several feet
-high, up to his waist in spots, and, though he changed position several
-times, no _javelin_ did he see.
-
-"You want to look out. Say, man, these are wild pigs--boars, I tell
-you! They'll kill you!" bellowed George.
-
-"Are you going to stay up there all night?" Ken asked, sarcastically.
-
-"We'll stay till they go away."
-
-"All right, I'll scare them away," Ken replied, and, suiting action to
-word, he worked the automatic as fast as it would shoot, aiming into the
-thicket under George.
-
-Of all the foolish things a nettled hunter ever did that was the worst.
-A roar answered the echoes of the rifle, and the roar rose from every
-side of the trees the victims were in. Nervously Ken clamped a fresh
-clip of shells into the rifle. Clouds of dust arose, and strange little
-squeals and grunts seemed to come from every quarter. Then the grass
-and bushes were suddenly torn apart by swift gray forms with glittering
-eyes. They were everywhere.
-
-"_Run_! _Run_!" shrieked George, high above the tumult.
-
-For a thrilling instant Ken stood his ground and fired at the bobbing
-gray backs. But every break made in the ranks by the powerful shells
-filled in a flash. Before that vicious charge he wavered, then ran as
-if pursued by demons.
-
-The way was downhill. Ken tripped, fell, rolled over and over, then,
-still clutching the rifle, rose with a bound and fled. The javelin had
-gained. They were at his heels. He ran like a deer. Then, seeing a low
-branch, he leaped for it, grasped it with one hand, and, crooking an
-elbow round it, swung with the old giant swing.
-
-Before Ken knew how it had happened he was astride a dangerously swaying
-branch directly over a troop of brownish-gray, sharp-snouted,
-fiendish-eyed little peccaries.
-
-Some were young and sleek, others were old and rough; some had little
-yellow teeth or tusks, and all pointed their sharp noses upward, as if
-expecting him to fall into their very mouths. Feeling safe, once more
-Ken loaded the rifle and began to kill the biggest, most vicious
-_javelin_. When he had killed twelve in twelve shots, he saw that
-shooting a few would be of no avail. There were hundreds, it seemed,
-and he had scarcely fifty shells left. Moreover, the rifle-barrel grew
-so hot that it burnt his hands. Hearing George's yell, he replied,
-somewhat to his disgust:
-
-"I'm all right, George--only treed. How 're you?"
-
-"Pigs all gone--they chased you--Pepe thinks we can risk running."
-
-"Don't take any chances," Ken yelled, in answer.
-
-"Hi! Hi! What's wrong with you gazabos?" came Hal's yell from down the
-slope.
-
-"Go back to the boat," shouted Ken.
-
-"What for?"
-
-"We're all treed by javelin--wild pigs."
-
-"I've got to see that," was Hal's reply.
-
-Ken called a sharp, angry order for Hal to keep away. But Hal did not
-obey. Ken heard him coming, and presently saw him enter one of the
-little glades. He had Ken's shotgun, and was peering cautiously about.
-
-"Ken, where are you?"
-
-"Here! Didn't I tell you to keep away? The pigs heard you--some of them
-are edging out there. Look out! Run, kid, run!"
-
-A troop of _javelin_ flashed into the glade. Hal saw them and raised the
-shotgun.
-
-_Boom_! He shot both barrels.
-
-The shot tore through the brush all around Ken, but fortunately beneath
-him. Neither the noise nor the lead stopped the pugnacious little
-peccaries.
-
-Hal dropped Ken's hammerless and fled.
-
-"Run faster!" yelled George, who evidently enjoyed Hal's plight.
-"They'll get you! Run hard!"
-
-The lad was running close to the record when he disappeared.
-
-In trying to find a more comfortable posture, so he could apply himself
-to an interesting study of his captors, Ken made the startling discovery
-that the branch which upheld him was splitting from the tree-trunk. His
-heart began to pound in his breast; then it went up into his throat.
-Every move he made--for he had started to edge toward the tree--widened
-the little white split.
-
-"Boys, my branch is breaking!" he called, piercingly.
-
-"Can't you get another?" returned George.
-
-"No; I daren't move! Hurry, boys! If you don't scare these brutes off
-I'm a goner!"
-
-Ken's eyes were riveted upon the gap where the branch was slowly
-separating from the tree-trunk. He glanced about to see if he could not
-leap to another branch. There was nothing near that would hold him. In
-desperation he resolved to drop the rifle, cautiously get to his feet
-upon the branch, and with one spring try to reach the tree. When about
-to act upon this last chance he heard Pepe's shrill yell and a crashing
-in the brush. Then followed the unmistakable roar and crackling of fire.
-Pepe had fired the brush--no, he was making his way toward Ken, armed
-with a huge torch.
-
-"Pepe, you'll fire the jungle!" cried Ken, forgetting what was at stake
-and that Pepe could not understand much English. But Ken had been in
-one forest-fire and remembered it with horror.
-
-The _javelin_ stirred uneasily, and ran around under Ken, tumbling over
-one another.
-
-When Pepe burst through the brush, holding before him long-stemmed palm
-leaves flaring in hissing flames, the whole pack of pigs bowled away
-into the forest at breakneck speed.
-
-Ken leaped down, and the branch came with him. George came running up,
-his face white, his eyes big. Behind him rose a roar that Ken thought
-might be another drove of pigs till he saw smoke and flame.
-
-"Boys, the jungle's on fire. Run for the river!"
-
-In their hurry they miscalculated the location of camp and dashed out of
-the jungle over a steep bank, and they all had a tumble. It was
-necessary to wade to reach the rocky ledge.
-
-Ken shook hands with Pepe.
-
-"George, tell him that was a nervy thing to do. He saved my life, I do
-believe."
-
-"You fellows did a lot of hollering," said Hal, from his perch in the
-boat.
-
-"Say, young man, you've got to go back after my gun. Why didn't you do
-what I told you? Foolish, to run into danger that way!" declared Ken,
-severely.
-
-"You don't suppose I was going to overlook a chance to see Ken Ward
-treed, do you?"
-
-"Well, you saw him, and that was no joke. But I wish Pepe could have
-scared those pigs off without firing the jungle."
-
-"Pepe says it 'll give the ticks a good roasting," said George.
-
-"We'll have roast pig, anyway," added Ken.
-
-He kept watching the jungle back of the camp as if he expected it to
-blow up like a powder-mine. But this Tamaulipas jungle was not Penetier
-Forest. A cloud of smoke rolled up; there was a frequent roaring of dry
-palms; but the green growths did not burn. It was not much of a
-forest-fire, and Ken concluded that it would soon burn out.
-
-So he took advantage of the waning daylight to spread out his map and
-plot in the day's travel. This time Hal watched him with a quiet
-attention that was both flattering and stimulating; and at the
-conclusion of the task he said:
-
-"Well, Ken, we're having sport, but we're doing something
-more--something worth while."
-
-
-
-
- *XXI*
-
- *THE LEAPING TARPON*
-
-
-Just before dark, when the boys were at supper, a swarm of black
-mosquitoes swooped down upon camp.
-
-Pepe could not have shown more fear at angry snakes, and he began to
-pile green wood and leaves on the fire to make a heavy smoke.
-
-These mosquitoes were very large, black-bodied, with white-barred wings.
-Their bite was as painful as the sting of a bee. After threshing about
-until tired out the boys went to bed. But it was only to get up again,
-for the mosquitoes could bite through two thicknesses of blanket.
-
-For a wonder every one was quiet. Even George did not grumble. The
-only thing to do was to sit or stand in the smoke of the campfire. The
-boys wore their gloves and wrapped blankets round heads and shoulders.
-They crouched over the fire until tired of that position, then stood up
-till they could stand no longer. It was a wretched, sleepless night
-with the bloodthirsty mosquitoes humming about like a swarm of bees.
-They did not go away until dawn.
-
-"That's what I get for losing the mosquito-netting," said Ken, wearily.
-
-Breakfast was not a cheerful meal, despite the fact that the boys all
-tried to brace up.
-
-George's condition showed Ken the necessity for renewed efforts to get
-out of the jungle. Pepe appeared heavy and slow, and, what was more
-alarming, he had lost his appetite. Hal was cross, but seemed to keep
-well. It was hard enough for Ken to persuade George and Pepe to take
-the bitter doses of quinine, and Hal positively refused.
-
-"It makes me sick, I tell you," said Hal, impatiently.
-
-"But Hal, you ought to be guided by my judgment now," replied Ken,
-gently.
-
-"I don't care. I've had enough of bitter pills."
-
-"I ask you--as a favor?" persisted Ken, quietly.
-
-"No!"
-
-"Well, then, I'll have to make you take them."
-
-"Wha-at?" roared Hal.
-
-"If necessary, I'll throw you down and pry open your mouth and get Pepe
-to stuff these pills down your throat. There!" went on Ken, and now he
-did not recognize his own voice.
-
-Hal looked quickly at his brother, and was amazed and all at once
-shaken.
-
-"Why, Ken--" he faltered.
-
-"I ought to have made you take them before," interrupted Ken. "But I've
-been too easy. Now, Hal, listen--and you, too, George. I've made a bad
-mess of this trip. I got you into this jungle, and I ought to have taken
-better care of you, whether you would or not. George has fever. Pepe
-is getting it. I'm afraid you won't escape. You all _would_ drink
-unboiled water."
-
-"Ken, that's all right, but you can get fever from the bites of the
-ticks," said George.
-
-"I dare say. But just the same you could have been careful about the
-water. Not only that--look how careless we have been. Think of the
-things that have happened! We've gotten almost wild on this trip. We
-don't realize. But wait till we get home. Then we'll hardly be able to
-believe we ever had these adventures. But our foolishness, our
-carelessness, must stop right here. If we can't profit by our lucky
-escapes yesterday--from that lassoed crocodile and the wild pigs--we are
-simply no good. I love fun and sport. But there's a limit. Hal,
-remember what old Hiram told you about being foolhardily brave. I think
-we have been wonderfully lucky. Now let's deserve our good luck. Let's
-not prove what that Tampico hotel-man said. Let's show we are not just
-wild-goose-chasing boys. I put it to you straight. I think the real
-test is yet to come, and I want you to help me. No more tricks. No
-more drinking unboiled water. No more shooting except in self-defense.
-We must not eat any more meat. No more careless wandering up the banks.
-No chances. See? And fight the fever. Don't give up. Then when we
-get out of this awful jungle we can look back at our adventures--and,
-better, we can be sure we've learned a lot. We shall have accomplished
-something, and that's learning. Now, how about it? Will you help me?"
-
-"You can just bet your life," replied George, and he held out his hand.
-
-"Ken, I'm with you," was Hal's quiet promise; and Ken knew from the way
-the lad spoke that he was in dead earnest. When it came to the last
-ditch Hal Ward was as true as steel. He took the raw, bitter quinine
-Ken offered and swallowed it without a grimace.
-
-"Good!" exclaimed Ken. "Now, boys, let's pack. Hal, you let your
-menagerie go. There's no use keeping your pets any longer. George, you
-make yourself a bed on the trunk, and fix a palm-leaf sun-shelter. Then
-lie down."
-
-When the boat had been packed and all was in readiness for the start,
-George was sound asleep. They shoved off into the current. Pepe and Ken
-took turns at the oars, making five miles an hour.
-
-As on the day before, they glided under the shadows of the great
-moss-twined cypresses, along the muddy banks where crocodiles basked in
-the sun and gaunt cattle came down to drink. Once the boat turned a
-bushy point to startle a large flock of wild turkeys, perhaps
-thirty-five in number. They had been resting in the cool sand along the
-river. Some ran up the bank, some half-dozen flew right over the boat,
-and most of them squatted down as if to evade detection. Thereafter
-turkeys and ducks and geese became so common as to be monotonous.
-
-About one o'clock Ken sighted a thatched bamboo and palm-leaf hut on the
-bank.
-
-"Oh, boys, look! look!" cried Ken, joyfully.
-
-Hal was as pleased as Ken, and George roused out of his slumber. Pepe
-grinned and nodded his head.
-
-Some naked little children ran like quail. A disheveled black head
-peeped out of a door, then swiftly vanished.
-
-"Indians," said George.
-
-"I don't care," replied Ken, "they're human beings--people. We're
-getting somewhere."
-
-From there on the little bamboo huts were frequently sighted. And soon
-Ken saw a large one situated upon a high bluff. Ken was wondering if
-these natives would be hospitable.
-
-Upon rounding the next bend the boys came unexpectedly upon a connecting
-river. It was twice as wide as the Santa Rosa, and quite swift.
-
-"Tamaulipas," said Pepe.
-
-"Hooray! boys, this is the source of the Panuco, sure as you're born,"
-cried Ken. "I told you we were getting somewhere."
-
-He was overcome with the discovery. This meant success.
-
-"Savalo! Savalo!" exclaimed Pepe, pointing.
-
-"Tarpon! Tarpon! What do you think of that? 'Way up here! We must be
-a long distance from tide-water," said George.
-
-Ken looked around over the broad pool below the junction of the two
-rivers. And here and there he saw swirls, and big splashes, and then
-the silver sides of rolling tarpon.
-
-"Boys, seeing we've packed that can of preserved mullet all the way, and
-those thundering heavy tackles, let's try for tarpon," suggested Ken.
-
-It was wonderful to see how the boys responded. Pepe was no longer slow
-and heavy. George forgot he was sick. Hal, who loved to fish better
-than to hunt, was as enthusiastic as on the first day.
-
-"Ken, let me boss this job," said George, as he began to rig the
-tackles. "Pepe will row; you and Hal sit back here and troll. I'll make
-myself useful. Open the can. See, I hook the mullet just back of the
-head, letting the bar come out free. There! Now run out about forty
-feet of line. Steady the butt of the rod under your leg. Put your left
-hand above the reel. Hold the handle of the reel in your right, and
-hold it hard. The drag is in the handle. Now when a tarpon takes the
-bait, jerk with all your might. Their mouths are like iron, and it's
-hard to get a hook to stick."
-
-Pepe rowed at a smooth, even stroke and made for the great curve of the
-pool where tarpon were breaking water.
-
-"If they're on the feed, we'll have more sport than we've had yet," said
-George.
-
-Ken was fascinated, and saw that Hal was going to have the best time of
-the trip. Also Ken was very curious to have a tarpon strike. He had no
-idea what it would be like. Presently, when the boat glided among the
-rolling fish and there was prospect of one striking at any moment, Ken
-could not subdue a mounting excitement.
-
-"Steady now--be ready," warned George.
-
-Suddenly Hal's line straightened. The lad yelled and jerked at the same
-instant. There came a roar of splitting waters, and a beautiful silver
-fish, longer than Hal himself, shot up into the air. The tarpon shook
-himself and dropped back into the water with a crash.
-
-Hal was speechless. He wound in his line to find the bait gone.
-
-"Threw the hook," said George, as he reached into the can for another
-bait. "He wasn't so big. You'll get used to losing 'em. There! try
-again."
-
-Ken had felt several gentle tugs at his line, as if tarpon were rolling
-across it. And indeed he saw several fish swim right over where his
-line disappeared in the water. There were splashes all around the boat,
-some gentle swishes and others hard, cutting rushes. Then his line
-straightened with a heavy jerk. He forgot to try to hook the fish;
-indeed, he had no time. The tarpon came half out of the water, wagged
-his head, and plumped back. Ken had not hooked the fish, nor had the
-fish got the bait. So Ken again let out his line.
-
-The next thing which happened was that the boys both had strikes at the
-same instant. Hal stood up, and as his tarpon leaped it pulled him
-forward, and he fell into the stern-seat. His reel-handle rattled on
-the gunwale. The line hissed. Ken leaned back and jerked. His fish did
-not break water, but he was wonderfully active under the surface. Pepe
-was jabbering. George was yelling. Hal's fish was tearing the water to
-shreds. He crossed Ken's fish; the lines fouled, and then slacked. Ken
-began to wind in. Hal rose to do likewise.
-
-"Gee!" he whispered, with round eyes.
-
-Both lines had been broken. George made light of this incident, and
-tied on two more leaders and hooks and baited afresh.
-
-"The fish are on the feed, boys. It's a cinch you'll each catch one.
-Better troll one at a time, unless you can stand for crossed lines."
-
-But Ken and Hal were too eager to catch a tarpon to troll one at a time,
-so once more they let their lines out. A tarpon took Hal's bait right
-under the stern of the boat. Hal struck with all his might. This fish
-came up with a tremendous splash, drenching the boys. His great,
-gleaming silver sides glistened in the sun. He curved his body and
-straightened out with a snap like the breaking of a board, and he threw
-the hook whistling into the air.
-
-Before Hal had baited up, Ken got another strike. This fish made five
-leaps, one after the other, and upon the last threw the hook like a
-bullet. As he plunged down, a beautiful rainbow appeared in the misty
-spray.
-
-"Hal, do you see that rainbow?" cried Ken, quickly. "There's a sight
-for a fisherman!"
-
-This time in turn, before Ken started to troll, Hal hooked another
-tarpon. This one was not so large, but he was active. His first rush
-was a long surge on the surface. He sent the spray in two streaks like a
-motor-boat. Then he sounded.
-
-"Hang on, Hal!" yelled George and Ken in unison.
-
-Hal was bent almost double and his head was bobbing under the strain.
-He could not hold the drag. The line was whizzing out.
-
-"You got that one hooked," shouted George. "Let go the reel--drop the
-handle. Let him run."
-
-He complied, and then his fish began a marvelous exhibition of lofty
-tumbling. He seemed never to stay down at all. Now he shot up, mouth
-wide, gills spread, eyes wild, and he shook himself like a wet dog.
-Then he dropped back, and before the boys had time to think where he
-might be he came up several rods to the right and cracked his gills like
-pistol-shots. He skittered on his tail and stood on his head and
-dropped flat with a heavy smack. Then he stayed under and began to tug.
-
-"Hang on, now," cried George. "Wind in. Hold him tight. Don't give
-him an inch unless he jumps."
-
-This was heartbreaking work for Hal. He toiled to keep the line in. He
-grew red in the face. He dripped with sweat. He panted for breath.
-But he hung on.
-
-Ken saw how skilfully Pepe managed the boat. The _mozo_ seemed to know
-just which way the fish headed, and always kept the boat straight.
-Sometimes he rowed back and lent his help to Hal. But this appeared to
-anger the tarpon, for the line told he was coming to the surface. Then,
-as Pepe ceased to let him feel the weight of the boat, the tarpon sank
-again. So the battle went on round and round the great pool. After an
-hour of it Hal looked ready to drop.
-
-"Land him alone if you can," said Ken. "He's tiring, Hal."
-
-"I'll--land him--or--or bust!" panted Hal.
-
-"Look out, now!" warned George again. "He's coming up. See the line.
-Be ready to trim the boat if he drops aboard. _Wow!_"
-
-The tarpon slipped smoothly out of the water and shot right over the bow
-of the boat. Quick-witted George flung out his hand and threw Hal's rod
-round in time to save the line from catching. The fish went down, came
-up wagging his head, and then fell with sullen splash.
-
-"He's done," yelled George. "Now, Hal, hold him for all you're worth.
-Not an inch of line!"
-
-Pepe headed the boat for a sandy beach; and Hal, looking as if about to
-have a stroke of apoplexy, clung desperately to the bending rod. The
-tarpon rolled and lashed his tail, but his power was mostly gone.
-Gradually he ceased to roll, until by the time Pepe reached shore he was
-sliding wearily through the water, his silvery side glittering in the
-light.
-
-The boat grated on the sand. Pepe leaped out. Then he grasped Hal's
-line, slipped his hands down to the long wire leader, and with a quick,
-powerful pull slid the tarpon out upon the beach.
-
-"Oh-h!" gasped Hal, with glistening eyes. "Oh-h! Ken, just look!"
-
-"I'm looking, son, and don't you forget it."
-
-The tarpon lay inert, a beautiful silver-scaled creature that looked as
-if he had just come from a bath of melted opals. The great dark eyes
-were fixed and staring, the tail moved feebly, the long dorsal fin
-quivered.
-
-He measured five feet six inches in length, which was one inch more than
-Hal's height.
-
-"Ken, the boys back home will never believe I caught him," said Hal, in
-distress.
-
-"Take his picture to prove it," replied Ken.
-
-Hal photographed his catch. Pepe took out the hook, showing, as he did
-so, the great iron-like plates in the mouth of the fish.
-
-"No wonder it's hard to hook them," said Ken.
-
-Hal certainly wanted his beautiful fish to go back, free and little
-hurt, to the river. But also he wanted him for a specimen. Hal
-deliberated. Evidently he was considering the labor of skinning such a
-huge fish and the difficulty of preserving and packing the hide.
-
-"Say, Hal, wouldn't you like to see me hook one?" queried Ken,
-patiently.
-
-That brought Hal to his senses.
-
-"Sure, Ken, old man, I want you to catch one--a big one--bigger than
-mine," replied Hal, and restored the fish to the water.
-
-They all watched the liberated tarpon swim wearily off and slip down
-under the water.
-
-"He'll have something to tell the rest, won't he?" said George.
-
-In a few minutes the boat was again in the center of the great pool
-among the rolling tarpon. Ken had a strike immediately. He missed.
-Then he tried again. And in a short space of time he saw five tarpon in
-the air, one after the other, and not one did he hook securely. He got
-six leaps out of one, however, and that was almost as good as landing
-him.
-
-"There 're some whales here," said George.
-
-"Grande savalo," added Pepe, and he rowed over to where a huge fish was
-rolling.
-
-"Oh, I don't want to hook the biggest one first," protested Ken.
-
-Pepe rowed to and fro. The boys were busy trying to see the rolling
-tarpon. There would be a souse on one side, then a splash on the other,
-then a thump behind. What with trying to locate all these fish and
-still keep an eye on Ken's line the boys almost dislocated their necks.
-
-Then, quick as a flash, Ken had a strike that pulled him out of his seat
-to his knees. He could not jerk. His line was like a wire. It began to
-rise. With all his strength he held on. The water broke in a hollow,
-slow roar, and a huge humpbacked tarpon seemed to be climbing into the
-air. But he did not get all the way out, and he plunged back with a
-thunderous crash. He made as much noise as if a horse had fallen off a
-bridge.
-
-The handle of the reel slipped out of Ken's grasp, and it was well. The
-tarpon made a long, wonderful run and showed on the surface a hundred
-yards from the boat. He was irresistibly powerful. Ken was astounded
-and thrilled at his strength and speed. There, far away from the boat,
-the tarpon leaped magnificently, clearing the water, and then went down.
-He did not come up again.
-
-"Ken, he's a whale," said George. "I believe he's well hooked. He
-won't jump any more. And you've got a job on your hands."
-
-"I want him to jump."
-
-"The big ones seldom break water after the first rush or so."
-
-"Ken, it's coming to you with that fellow," said Hal. "My left arm is
-paralyzed. Honestly, I can pinch it and not feel the pain."
-
-Pepe worked the boat closer and Ken reeled in yard after yard of line.
-The tarpon was headed down-stream, and he kept up a steady, strong
-strain.
-
-"Let him tow the boat," said George. "Hold the drag, Ken. Let him tow
-the boat."
-
-"What!" exclaimed Ken, in amaze.
-
-"Oh, he'll do it, all right."
-
-And so it proved. Ken's tarpon, once headed with the current, did not
-turn, and he towed the boat.
-
-"This is a new way for me to tire out a fish," said Ken. "What do you
-think of it, Hal?"
-
-Hal's eyes glistened.
-
-"This is fishing. Ken, did you see him when he came up?"
-
-"Not very clearly. I had buck-fever. You know how a grouse looks when
-he flushes right under your feet--a kind of brown blur. Well, this was
-the same, only silver."
-
-At the end of what Ken judged to be a mile the tarpon was still going.
-At the end of the second mile he was tired. And three miles down the
-river from where the fish was hooked Pepe beached the boat on a sandbar
-and hauled ashore a tarpon six feet ten inches long.
-
-Here Ken echoed Hal's panting gasp of wonder and exultation. As he sat
-down on the boat to rest he had no feeling in his left arm, and little
-in his right. His knuckles were skinned and bloody. No game of
-baseball he had ever pitched had taken his strength like the conquest of
-this magnificent fish.
-
-"Hal, we'll have some more of this fishing when we get to Tampico," said
-Ken. "Why, this beats hunting. You have the sport, and you needn't
-kill anything. This tarpon isn't hurt."
-
-So Ken photographed his prize and measured him, and, taking a last
-lingering glance at the great green back, the silver-bronze sides, the
-foot-wide flukes of the tail, at the whole quivering fire-tinted length,
-he slid the tarpon back into the river.
-
-
-
-
- *XXII*
-
- *STRICKEN DOWN*
-
-
-Much as Ken would have liked to go back to that pool, he did not think
-of it twice. And as soon as the excitement had subsided and the journey
-was resumed, George and Hal, and Pepe, too, settled down into a silent
-weariness that made Ken anxious.
-
-During the afternoon Ken saw Pepe slowly droop lower and lower at the
-oars till the time came when he could scarcely lift them to make a
-stroke. And when Ken relieved him of them, Pepe fell like a log in the
-boat.
-
-George slept. Hal seemed to be fighting stupor. Pepe lay motionless on
-his seat. They were all going down with the fever, that Ken knew, and
-it took all his courage to face the situation. It warmed his heart to
-see how Hal was trying to bear up under a languor that must have been
-well-nigh impossible to resist. At last Hal said:
-
-"Ken, let me row." He would not admit that he was sick.
-
-Ken thought it would do Hal no harm to work. But Ken did not want to
-lose time. So he hit upon a plan that pleased him. There was an extra
-pair of oars in the boat. Ken fashioned rude pegs from a stick and drove
-these down into the cleat inside the gunwales. With stout rope he tied
-the oars to the pegs, which answered fairly well as oarlocks. Then they
-had a double set of oars going, and made much better time.
-
-George woke and declared that he must take a turn at the oars. So Ken
-let him row, too, and rested himself. He had a grim foreboding that he
-would need all his strength.
-
-The succeeding few hours before sunset George and Hal more than made up
-for all their delinquencies of the past. At first it was not very hard
-for them to row; but soon they began to weary, then weaken. Neither
-one, however, would give up. Ken let them row, knowing that it was good
-for them. Slower and slower grew George's strokes, there were times when
-he jerked up spasmodically and made an effort, only to weaken again. At
-last, with a groan he dropped the oars. Ken had to lift him back into
-the bow.
-
-Hal was not so sick as George, and therefore not so weak. He lasted
-longer. Ken had seen the lad stick to many a hard job, but never as he
-did to this one. Hal was making good his promise. There were times
-when his breath came in whistles. He would stop and pant awhile, then
-row on. Ken pretended he did not notice. But he had never been so
-proud of his brother nor loved him so well.
-
-"Ken, old man," said Hal, presently. "I was--wrong--about the water. I
-ought to have obeyed you. I--I'm pretty sick."
-
-What a confession for Hal Ward!
-
-Ken turned in time to see Hal vomit over the gunwale.
-
-"It's pretty tough, Hal," said Ken, as he reached out to hold his
-brother's head; "but you're game. I'm so glad to see that."
-
-Whereupon Hal went back to his oars and stayed till he dropped. Ken
-lifted him and laid him beside George.
-
-Ken rowed on with his eyes ever in search of a camping-site. But there
-was no place to camp. The muddy banks were too narrow at the bottom,
-too marshy and filthy. And they were too steep to climb to the top.
-
-The sun set. Twilight fell. Darkness came on, and still Ken rowed down
-the river. At last he decided to make a night of it at the oars. He
-preferred to risk the dangers of the river at night rather than spend
-miserable hours in the mud. Rousing the boys, he forced them to swallow
-a little cold rice and some more quinine. Then he covered them with
-blankets, and had scarce completed the task when they were deep in
-slumber.
-
-Then the strange, dense tropical night settled down upon Ken. The oars
-were almost noiseless, and the water gurgled softly from the bow.
-Overhead the expanse was dark blue, with a few palpitating stars. The
-river was shrouded in gray gloom, and the banks were lost in black
-obscurity. Great fireflies emphasized the darkness. He trusted a good
-deal to luck in the matter of going right; yet he kept his ear keen for
-the sound of quickening current, and turned every few strokes to peer
-sharply into the gloom. He seemed to have little sense of peril, for,
-though he hit submerged logs and stranded on bars, he kept on unmindful,
-and by and by lost what anxiety he had felt. The strange wildness of
-the river at night, the gray, veiled space into which he rowed unheeding
-began to work upon his mind.
-
-That was a night to remember--a night of sounds and smells, of the
-feeling of the cool mist, the sight of long, dark forest-line and a
-golden moon half hidden by clouds. Prominent among these was the trill
-of river frogs. The trill of a northern frog was music, but that of
-these great, silver-throated jungle frogs was more than music. Close at
-hand one would thrill Ken with mellow, rich notes; and then from far
-would come the answer, a sweet, high tenor, wilder than any other
-wilderness sound, long sustained, dying away till he held his breath to
-listen.
-
-So the hours passed; and the moon went down into the weird shadows, and
-the Southern Cross rose pale and wonderful.
-
-Gradually the stars vanished in a kind of brightening gray, and dawn was
-at hand. Ken felt weary for sleep, and his arms and back ached. Morning
-came, with its steely light on the river, the rolling and melting of
-vapors, the flight of ducks and call of birds. The rosy sun brought no
-cheer.
-
-Ken beached the boat on a sand-bar. While he was building a fire George
-raised his head and groaned. But neither Pepe nor Hal moved. Ken
-cooked rice and boiled cocoa, which he choked down. He opened a can of
-fruit and found that most welcome. Then he lifted George's head, shook
-him, roused him, and held him, and made him eat and drink. Nor did he
-neglect to put a liberal dose of quinine in the food. Pepe was easily
-managed, but poor Hal was almost unable to swallow. Something terribly
-grim mingled with a strong, passionate thrill as Ken looked at Hal's
-haggard face. Then Ken Ward knew how much he could stand, what work he
-could do to get his brother out of the jungle.
-
-He covered the boys again and pushed out the boat. At the moment he
-felt a strength that he had never felt before. There was a good, swift
-current in the river, and Ken was at great pains to keep in it. The
-channel ran from one side of the river to the other. Many times Ken
-stranded on sandy shoals and had to stand up and pole the boat into
-deeper water. This was work that required all his attention. It
-required more than patience. But as he rowed and poled and drifted he
-studied the shallow ripples and learned to avoid the places where the
-boat would not float.
-
-There were stretches of river where the water was comparatively deep,
-and along these he rested and watched the shores as he drifted by. He
-saw no Indian huts that morning. The jungle loomed high and dark, a
-matted gray wall. The heat made the river glare and smoke. Then where
-the current quickened he rowed steadily and easily, husbanding his
-strength.
-
-More than all else, even the ravings of Hal in fever, the thing that
-wore on Ken and made him gloomy was the mourning of turtle-doves. As
-there had been thousands of these beautiful birds along the Santa Rosa
-River, so there were millions along the Panuco. Trees were blue with
-doves. There was an incessant soft, sad moaning. He fought his
-nervous, sensitive imaginings. And for a time he would conquer the
-sense of some sad omen sung by the doves. Then the monotony, the
-endless sweet "coo-ooo-ooo," seemed to drown him in melancholy sound.
-There were three distinct tones--a moan, swelling to full ring, and
-dying away: "Coo-_ooo_-ooo--coo-_ooo_-ooo."
-
-All the afternoon the mourning, haunting song filled Ken Ward's ears.
-And when the sun set and night came, with relief to his tortured ear but
-not to mind, Ken kept on without a stop.
-
-The day had slipped behind Ken with the miles, and now it was again
-dark. It seemed that he had little sense of time. But his faculties of
-sight and hearing were singularly acute. Otherwise his mind was like
-the weird gloom into which he was drifting.
-
-Before the stars came out the blackness was as thick as pitch. He could
-not see a yard ahead. He backed the boat stern first down-stream and
-listened for the soft murmur of ripples on shoals. He avoided these by
-hearing alone. Occasionally a huge, dark pile of driftwood barred his
-passage, and he would have to go round it. Snags loomed up specter-like
-in his path, seemingly to reach for him with long, gaunt arms.
-Sometimes he drifted upon sand-bars, from which he would patiently pole
-the boat.
-
-When the heavy dew began to fall he put on his waterproof coat. The
-night grew chill. Then the stars shone out. This lightened the river.
-Yet everywhere were shadows. Besides, clouds of mist hung low, in places
-obscuring the stars.
-
-Ken turned the boat bow first downstream and rowed with slow, even
-stroke. He no longer felt tired. He seemed to have the strength of a
-giant. He fancied that with one great heave he could lift the boat out
-of the water or break the oars. From time to time he ceased to row,
-and, turning his head, he looked and listened. The river had numerous
-bends, and it was difficult for Ken to keep in the middle channel. He
-managed pretty well to keep right by watching the dark shore-line where
-it met the deep-blue sky. In the bends the deepest water ran close to
-the shore of the outside curve. And under these high banks and the
-leaning cypresses shadows were thicker and blacker than in the earlier
-night. There was mystery in them that Ken felt.
-
-The sounds he heard when he stopped during these cautious resting
-intervals were the splashes of fish breaking water, the low hum of
-insects, and the trill of frogs. The mourning of the doves during
-daylight had haunted him, and now he felt the same sensation at this
-long-sustained, exquisitely sweet trill. It pierced him, racked him,
-and at last, from sheer exhaustion of his sensibilities, he seemed not
-to hear it any more, but to have it in his brain.
-
-The moon rose behind the left-hand jungle wall, silvered half of the
-river and the opposite line of cypresses, then hid under clouds.
-
-Suddenly, near or far away, down the river Ken saw a wavering light. It
-was too large for a firefly, and too steady. He took it for a
-Jack-o'-lantern. And for a while it enhanced the unreality, the
-ghostliness of the river. But it was the means of bringing Ken out of
-his dreamy gloom. It made him think. The light was moving. It was too
-wavering for a Jack-o'-lantern. It was coming up-stream. It grew
-larger.
-
-Then, as suddenly as it had appeared, it vanished. Ken lost sight of it
-under a deep shadow of overhanging shore. As he reached a point
-opposite to where it disappeared he thought he heard a voice. But he
-could not be sure. He did not trust his ears. The incident, however,
-gave him a chill. What a lonesome ride! He was alone on that unknown
-river with three sick boys in the boat. Their lives depended upon his
-care, his strength, his skill, his sight and hearing. And the
-realization, striking him afresh, steeled his arms again and his spirit.
-
-The night wore on. The moon disappeared entirely. The mists hung low
-like dim sheets along the water. Ken was wringing-wet with dew. Long
-periods of rowing he broke with short intervals of drifting, when he
-rested at the oars.
-
-Then drowsiness attacked him. For hours it seemed he fought it off.
-But at length it grew overpowering. Only hard rowing would keep him
-awake. And, as he wanted to reserve his strength, he did not dare exert
-himself violently. He could not keep his eyes open. Time after time he
-found himself rowing when he was half asleep. The boat drifted against
-a log and stopped. Ken drooped over his oars and slept, and yet he
-seemed not altogether to lose consciousness. He roused again to row on.
-
-It occurred to him presently that he might let the boat drift and take
-naps between whiles. When he drifted against a log or a sand-bar the
-jar would awaken him. The current was sluggish. There seemed to be no
-danger whatever. He must try to keep his strength. A little sleep
-would refresh him. So he reasoned, and fell asleep over the oars.
-
-Sooner or later--he never knew how long after he had fallen asleep--a
-little jar awakened him. Then the gurgle and murmur of water near him
-and the rush and roar of a swift current farther off made him look up
-with a violent start. All about him was wide, gray gloom. Yet he could
-see the dark, glancing gleam of the water. Movement of the oars told
-him the boat was fast on a sand-bar. That relieved him, for he was not
-drifting at the moment into the swift current he heard. Ken peered
-keenly into the gloom. Gradually he made out a long, dark line running
-diagonally ahead of him and toward the right-hand shore. It could not
-be an island or a sand-bar or a shore-line. It could not be piles of
-driftwood. There was a strange regularity in the dark upheavals of this
-looming object. Ken studied it. He studied the black, glancing water.
-Whatever the line was, it appeared to shunt the current over to the
-right, whence came the low rush and roar.
-
-Altogether it was a wild, strange place. Ken felt a fear of something he
-could not name. It was the river--the night--the loneliness--the unknown
-about him and before him.
-
-Suddenly he saw a dull, red light far down the river. He stiffened in
-his seat. Then he saw another red light. They were like two red eyes.
-Ken shook himself to see if he had nightmare. No; the boat was there;
-the current was there; the boys were there, dark and silent under their
-blankets. This was no dream. Ken's fancy conjured up some red-eyed
-river demon come to destroy him and his charges. He scorned the fancy,
-laughed at it. But, all the same, in that dark, weird place, with the
-murmuring of notes in his ears and with those strange red eyes glowing
-in the distance, he could not help what his emotions made the truth. He
-was freezing to the marrow, writhing in a clammy sweat when a low
-"chug-chug-chug" enlightened him. The red eyes were those of a
-steamboat.
-
-A steamboat on the wild Panuco! Ken scarcely believed his own judgment.
-Then he remembered that George said there were a couple of boats plying
-up and down the lower Panuco, mostly transporting timber and cattle.
-Besides, he had proof of his judgment in the long, dark line that had so
-puzzled him--it was a breakwater. It turned the current to the left,
-where there evidently was a channel.
-
-The great, red eyes gleamed closer, the "chug-chug-chug" sounded louder.
-Then another sound amazed Ken--a man's voice crying out steadily and
-monotonously.
-
-Ken wanted to rouse the boys and Pepe, but he refrained. It was best
-for them to sleep. How surprised they would be when he told them about
-the boat that passed in the night! Ken now clearly heard the splashing
-of paddles, the chug of machinery, and the man's voice. He was
-singsonging: "Dos y media, dos y media, dos y media."
-
-Ken understood a little Mexican, and this strange cry became clear to
-him. The man was taking soundings with a lead and crying out to the
-pilot. _Dos y media_ meant two and a half feet of water. Then the
-steam-boat loomed black in the gray gloom. It was pushing a low, flat
-barge. Ken could not see the man taking soundings, but he heard him and
-knew he was on the front end of the barge. The boat passed at fair
-speed, and it cheered Ken. For he certainly ought to be able to take a
-rowboat where a steamboat had passed. And, besides, he must be getting
-somewhere near the little village of Panuco.
-
-He poled off the bar and along the breakwater to the channel. It was
-narrow and swift. He wondered how the pilot of the steamboat had
-navigated in the gloom. He slipped down-stream, presently to find
-himself once more in a wide river. Refreshed by his sleep and
-encouraged by the meeting with the steamboat, Ken settled down to steady
-rowing.
-
-The stars paled, the mist thickened, fog obscured the water and shore;
-then all turned gray, lightened, and dawn broke. The sun burst out.
-Ken saw thatched huts high on the banks and occasionally natives. This
-encouraged him all the more.
-
-He was not hungry, but he was sick for a drink. He had to fight himself
-to keep from drinking the dirty river-water. How different it was here
-from the clear green of the upper Santa Rosa! Ken would have given his
-best gun for one juicy orange. George was restless and rolling about,
-calling for water; Hal lay in slumber or stupor; and Pepe sat up. He
-was a sick-looking fellow, but he was better; and that cheered Ken as
-nothing yet had.
-
-Ken beached the boat on a sandy shore, and once again forced down a
-little rice and cocoa. Pepe would not eat, yet he drank a little.
-George was burning up with fever, and drank a full cup. Hal did not
-stir, and Ken thought it best to let him lie.
-
-As Ken resumed the journey the next thing to attract his attention was a
-long canoe moored below one of the thatched huts. This afforded him
-great satisfaction. At least he had passed the jungle wilderness, where
-there was nothing that even suggested civilization. In the next few
-miles he noticed several canoes and as many natives. Then he passed a
-canoe that was paddled by two half-naked bronze Indians. Pepe hailed
-them, but either they were too unfriendly to reply or they did not
-understand him.
-
-Some distance below Pepe espied a banana grove, and he motioned Ken to
-row ashore. Ken did so with pleasure at the thought of getting some
-fresh fruit. There was a canoe moored to the roots of a tree and a path
-leading up the steep bank. Pepe got out and laboriously toiled up the
-bare path. He was gone a good while.
-
-Presently Ken heard shouts, then the bang of a lightly loaded gun, then
-yells from Pepe.
-
-"What on earth!" cried Ken, looking up in affright.
-
-Pepe appeared with his arms full of red bananas. He jumped and
-staggered down the path and almost fell into the boat. But he hung on
-to the bananas.
-
-"Santa Maria!" gasped Pepe, pointing to little bloody spots on the calf
-of his leg.
-
-"Pepe, you've been shot!" ejaculated Ken. "You stole the fruit--somebody
-shot you!"
-
-Pepe howled his affirmative. Ken was angry at himself, angrier at Pepe,
-and angriest at the native who had done the shooting. With a strong
-shove Ken put the boat out and then rowed hard down-stream. As he
-rounded a bend a hundred yards below he saw three natives come tumbling
-down the path. They had a gun. They leaped into the canoe. They meant
-pursuit.
-
-"Say, but this is a pretty kettle of fish!" muttered Ken, and he bent to
-the oars.
-
-Of course Pepe had been in the wrong. He should have paid for the
-bananas or asked for them. All the same, Ken was not in any humor to be
-fooled with by excitable natives. He had a sick brother in the boat and
-meant to get that lad out of the jungle as quickly as will and strength
-could do it. He certainly did not intend to be stopped by a few
-miserable Indians angry over the loss of a few bananas. If it had not
-been for the gun, Ken would have stopped long enough to pay for the
-fruit. But he could not risk it now. So he pulled a strong stroke
-down-stream.
-
-The worst of the matter developed when Pepe peeled one of the bananas.
-It was too green to eat.
-
-Presently the native canoe hove in sight round the bend. All three men
-were paddling. They made the long craft fly through the water. Ken saw
-instantly that they would overhaul him in a long race, and this added to
-his resentment. Pepe looked back and jabbered and shook his brawny
-fists at the natives. Ken was glad to see that the long stretch of
-river below did not show a canoe or hut along the banks. He preferred
-to be overhauled, if he had to be, in a rather lonely spot.
-
-It was wonderful how those natives propelled that log canoe. And when
-one of the three dropped his paddle to pick up the gun, the speed of the
-canoe seemed not to diminish. They knew the channels, and so gained on
-Ken. He had to pick the best he could choose at short notice, and
-sometimes he chose poorly.
-
-Two miles or more below the bend the natives with the gun deliberately
-fired, presumably at Pepe. The shot scattered and skipped along the
-water and did not come near the boat. Nevertheless, as the canoe was
-gaining and the crazy native was reloading, Ken saw he would soon be
-within range. Something had to be done.
-
-Ken wondered if he could not frighten those natives. They had probably
-never heard the quick reports of a repeating rifle, let alone the
-stinging cracks of an automatic. Ken decided it would be worth trying.
-But he must have a chance to get the gun out of its case and load it.
-
-That chance came presently. The natives, in paddling diagonally across
-a narrow channel, ran aground in the sand. They were fast for only a
-few moments, but in that time Ken had got out the little rifle and
-loaded it.
-
-Pepe's dark face turned a dirty white, and his eyes dilated. He
-imagined Ken was going to kill some of his countrymen. But Pepe never
-murmured. He rubbed the place in his leg where he had been shot, and
-looked back.
-
-Ken rowed on, now leisurely. There was a hot anger within him, but he
-had it in control. He knew what he was about. Again the native fired,
-and again his range was short. The distance was perhaps two hundred
-yards.
-
-Ken waited until the canoe, in crossing one of the many narrow places,
-was broadside toward him. Then he raised the automatic. There were at
-least ten feet in the middle of the canoe where it was safe for him to
-hit without harm to the natives. And there he aimed. The motion of his
-boat made it rather hard to keep the sights right. He was cool,
-careful; he aimed low, between gunwale and the water, and steadily he
-pulled the trigger--once, twice, three times, four, five.
-
-The steel-jacketed bullets "spoued" on the water and "cracked" into the
-canoe. They evidently split both gunwales low down at the water-line.
-The yelling, terror-stricken natives plunged about, and what with their
-actions and the great split in the middle the canoe filled and sank.
-The natives were not over their depth; that was plainly evident.
-Moreover, it was equally evident that they dared not wade in the
-quicksand. So they swam to the shallower water, and there, like huge
-turtles, floundered toward the shore.
-
-
-
-
- *XXIII*
-
- *OUT OF THE JUNGLE*
-
-
-Before the natives had reached the shore they were hidden from Ken's
-sight by leaning cypress-trees. Ken, however, had no fear for their
-safety. He was sorry to cause the Indians' loss of a gun and a canoe;
-nevertheless, he was not far from echoing Pepe's repeated: "Bueno!
-Bueno! Bueno!"
-
-Upon examination Ken found two little bloody holes in the muscles of
-Pepe's leg. A single shot had passed through. Ken bathed the wounds
-with an antiseptic lotion and bound them with clean bandages.
-
-Pepe appeared to be pretty weak, so Ken did not ask him to take the
-oars. Then, pulling with long, steady stroke, Ken set out to put a long
-stretch between him and the angry natives. The current was swift, and
-Ken made five miles or more an hour. He kept that pace for three hours
-without a rest. And then he gave out. It seemed that all at once he
-weakened. His back bore an immense burden. His arms were lead, and his
-hands were useless. There was an occasional mist or veil before his
-sight. He was wet, hot, breathless, numb. But he knew he was safe from
-pursuit. So he rested and let the boat drift.
-
-George sat up, green in the face, a most miserable-looking boy. But
-that he could sit up at all was hopeful.
-
-"Oh, my head!" he moaned. "Is there anything I can drink? My mouth is
-dry--pasted shut."
-
-Ken had two lemons he had been saving. He cut one in halves and divided
-it between Pepe and George. The relief the sour lemon afforded both
-showed Ken how wise he had been to save the lemons. Then he roused Hal,
-and, lifting the lad's head, made him drink a little of the juice. Hal
-was a sick boy, too weak to sit up without help.
-
-"Don't--you worry--Ken," he said. "I'm going--to be--all right."
-
-Hal was still fighting.
-
-Ken readjusted the palm-leaf shelter over the boys so as to shade them
-effectually from the hot sun, and then he went back to the oars.
-
-As he tried once more to row, Ken was reminded of the terrible lassitude
-that had overtaken him the day he had made the six-hour climb out of the
-Grand Canon. The sensation now was worse, but Ken had others depending
-upon his exertions, and that spurred him to the effort which otherwise
-would have been impossible.
-
-It was really not rowing that Ken accomplished. It was a weary puttering
-with oars he could not lift, handles he could not hold. At best he
-managed to guide the boat into the swiftest channels. Whenever he felt
-that he was just about to collapse, then he would look at Hal's pale
-face. That would revive him. So the hot hours dragged by.
-
-They came, after several miles, upon more huts and natives. And farther
-down they met canoes on the river. Pepe interrogated the natives.
-According to George, who listened, Panuco was far, far away, many
-kilometers. This was most disheartening. Another native said the
-village was just round the next bend. This was most nappy information.
-But it turned out to be a lie. There was no village around any
-particular bend--nothing save bare banks for miles. The stretches of
-the river were long, and bends far apart.
-
-Ken fell asleep. When he awoke he found Pepe at the oars. Watching
-him, Ken fancied he was recovering, and was overjoyed.
-
-About four o'clock in the afternoon Pepe rowed ashore and beached the
-boat at the foot of a trail leading up to a large bamboo and thatch hut.
-This time Ken thought it well to accompany Pepe. And as he climbed the
-path he found his legs stiffer and shakier than ever before.
-
-Ken saw a cleared space in which were several commodious huts, gardens,
-and flowers. There was a grassy yard in which little naked children were
-playing with tame deer and tiger-cats. Parrots were screeching, and
-other tame birds fluttered about. It appeared a real paradise to Ken.
-
-Two very kindly disposed and wondering native women made them welcome.
-Then Ken and Pepe went down to the boat and carried Hal up, and went
-back for George.
-
-It developed that the native women knew just what to do for the
-fever-stricken boys. They made some kind of a native drink for them, and
-after that gave them hot milk and chicken and rice soup. George
-improved rapidly, and Hal brightened a little and showed signs of
-gathering strength.
-
-Ken could not eat until he had something to quench his thirst. Upon
-inquiring, Pepe found that the natives used the river-water. Ken could
-not drink that. Then Pepe pointed out an orange-tree, and Ken made a
-dive for it. The ground was littered with oranges. Collecting an
-armful, Ken sat under the tree and with wild haste began to squeeze the
-juice into his mouth. Never had anything before tasted so cool, so
-sweet, so life-giving! He felt a cool, wet sensation steal all through
-his body. He never knew till that moment how really wonderful and
-precious an orange could be. He thought that as he would hate mourning
-turtle-doves all the rest of his life, so he would love the sight and
-smell and taste of oranges. And he demolished twenty-two before he
-satisfied his almost insatiable thirst. After that the chicken and rice
-made him feel like a new boy.
-
-Then Ken made beds under a kind of porch, and he lay down in one,
-stretched out languidly and gratefully, as if he never intended to move
-again, and his eyes seemed to be glued shut.
-
-When he awoke the sun was shining in his face. When he had gone to bed
-it had been shining at his back. He consulted his watch. He had slept
-seventeen hours.
-
-When he got up and found Pepe as well as before he had been taken with
-the fever and George on his feet and Hal awake and actually smiling, Ken
-experienced a sensation of unutterable thankfulness. A terrible burden
-slipped from his shoulders. For a moment he felt a dimming of his eyes
-and a lump in his throat.
-
-"How about you, Ken, old man?" inquired Hal, with a hint of his usual
-spirit.
-
-"Wal, youngster, I reckon fer a man who's been through some right pert
-happenin's, I'm in tol'able shape," drawled Ken.
-
-"I'll bet two dollars you've been up against it," declared Hal,
-solemnly.
-
-Then, as they sat to an appetizing breakfast, Ken gave them a brief
-account of the incidents of the two days and two nights when they were
-too ill to know anything.
-
-It was a question whether George's voluble eulogy of Ken's feat or Hal's
-silent, bright-eyed pride in his brother was the greater compliment.
-
-Finally Hal said: "Won't that tickle Jim Williams when we tell him how
-you split up the Indians' canoe and spilled them into the river?"
-
-Then Ken conceived the idea of climbing into the giant ceiba that stood
-high on the edge of the bluff. It was hard work, but he accomplished
-it, and from a fork in the top-most branches he looked out. That was a
-warm, rich, wonderful scene. Ken felt that he would never forget it.
-His interest now, however, was not so much in its beauty and wildness.
-His keen eye followed the river as it wound away into the jungle, and
-when he could no longer see the bright ribbon of water he followed its
-course by the line of magnificent trees. It was possible to trace the
-meandering course of the river clear to the rise of the mountains, dim
-and blue in the distance. And from here Ken made more observations and
-notes.
-
-As he went over in his mind the map and notes and report he had prepared
-he felt that he had made good. He had explored and mapped more than a
-hundred miles of wild jungle river. He felt confident that he had
-earned the trip to England and the German forests. He might win a
-hunting trip on the vast uplands of British East Africa. But he felt
-also that the reward of his uncle's and his father's pride would be more
-to him. That was a great moment for Ken Ward. And there was yet much
-more that he could do to make this exploring trip a success.
-
-[Illustration: Ken Ward's Map]
-
-When he joined the others he found that Pepe had learned that the
-village of Panuco was distant a day or a night by canoe. How many miles
-or kilometers Pepe could not learn. Ken decided it would be best to go
-on at once. It was not easy to leave that pleasant place, with its music
-of parrots and other birds, and the tiger-cats that played like kittens,
-and the deer that ate from the hand. The women would accept no pay, so
-Ken made them presents.
-
-Once more embarked, Ken found his mood reverting to that of the last
-forty-eight hours. He could not keep cheerful. The river was dirty and
-the smell sickening. The sun was like the open door of a furnace. And
-Ken soon discovered he was tired, utterly tired.
-
-That day was a repetition of the one before, hotter, wearier, and the
-stretches of river were longer, and the natives met in canoes were
-stolidly ignorant of distance. The mourning of turtle-doves almost
-drove Ken wild. There were miles and miles of willows, and every tree
-was full of melancholy doves. At dusk the boys halted on a sand-bar,
-too tired to cook a dinner, and sprawled in the warm sand to sleep like
-logs.
-
-In the morning they brightened up a little, for surely just around the
-bend they would come to Panuco. Pepe rowed faithfully on, and bend
-after bend lured Ken with deceit. He was filled with weariness and
-disgust, so tired he could hardly lift his hand, so sleepy he could
-scarcely keep his eyes open. He hated the wide, glassy stretches of
-river and the muddy banks and dusty cattle.
-
-At noon they came unexpectedly upon a cluster of thatched huts, to find
-that they made up the village of Panuco. Ken was sick, for he had
-expected a little town where they could get some drinking-water and hire
-a launch to speed them down to Tampico. This appeared little more than
-the other places he had passed, and he climbed up the bank wearily,
-thinking of the long fifty miles still to go.
-
-But Panuco was bigger and better than it looked from the river. The
-boys found a clean, comfortable inn, where they dined well, and learned
-to their joy that a coach left in an hour for Tamos to meet the
-five-o'clock train to Tampico.
-
-They hired a _mozo_ to row the boat to Tampico and, carrying the lighter
-things, boarded the coach, and, behind six mules, were soon bowling over
-a good level road.
-
-It was here that the spirit of Ken's mood again changed, and somehow
-seemed subtly conveyed to the others. The gloom faded away as Ken had
-seen the mist-clouds dissolve in the morning sunlight. It was the end
-of another wild trip. Hal was ill, but a rest and proper care would
-soon bring him around. Ken had some trophies and pictures, but he also
-had memories. And he believed he had acquired an accurate knowledge of
-the jungle and its wild nature, and he had mapped the river from Micas
-Falls to Panuco.
-
-"Well, it certainly _did come_ to us, didn't it?" asked George, naively,
-for the hundredth time. "Didn't I tell you? By gosh, I can't remember
-what did come off. But we had a dandy time."
-
-"Great!" replied Ken. "I had more than I wanted. I'll never spring
-another stunt like this one!"
-
-Hal gazed smilingly at his brother.
-
-"Bah! Ken Ward, bring on your next old trip!"
-
-Which proved decidedly that Hal was getting better and that he alone
-understood his brother.
-
-Pepe listened and rubbed his big hands, and there was a light in his
-dark eyes.
-
-Ken laughed. It was good to feel happy just then; it was enough to feel
-safe and glad in the present, with responsibility removed, without a
-thought of the future.
-
-Yet, when some miles across country he saw the little town of Tamos
-shining red-roofed against the sky, he came into his own again. The old
-calling, haunting love of wild places and wild nature returned, and with
-dreamy eyes he looked out. He saw the same beauty and life and
-wildness. Beyond the glimmering lagoons stretched the dim, dark jungle.
-A flock of flamingoes showed pink across the water. Ducks dotted the
-weedy marshes. And low down on the rosy horizon a long curved line of
-wild geese sailed into the sunset.
-
-When the boys arrived at Tampico and George had secured comfortable
-lodgings for them, the first thing Ken did was to put Hal to bed. It
-required main strength to do this. Ken was not taking any chances with
-tropical fever, and he sent for a doctor.
-
-It was not clear whether the faces Hal made were at the little dried-up
-doctor or at the medicine he administered. However, it was very clear
-that Hal made fun of him and grew bolder the more he believed the man
-could not understand English.
-
-Ken liked the silent, kindly physician, and remonstrated with Hal, and
-often, just to keep Hal's mind occupied, he would talk of the university
-and baseball, topics that were absorbing to the boy.
-
-And one day, as the doctor was leaving, he turned to Ken with a twinkle
-in his eyes and said in perfect English: "I won't need to come any
-more."
-
-Hal's jaw began to drop.
-
-"Your brother is all right," went on the doctor. "But he's a fresh kid,
-and he'll never make the Wayne Varsity--or a good explorer, either--till
-he gets over that freshness. I'm a Wayne man myself. Class of '82.
-Good day, boys."
-
-Ken Ward was astounded. "By George! What do you think of that? He's a
-Wayne med. I'll have to look him up. And, Hal, he was just right about
-you."
-
-Hal looked extremely crestfallen and remorseful.
-
-"I'm always getting jars."
-
-It took a whole day for him to recover his usual spirits.
-
-Ken had promptly sent the specimens and his notes to his uncle, and as
-the days passed the boys began to look anxiously for some news. In ten
-days Hal was as well as ever, and then the boys had such sport with the
-tarpon and big sharks and alligator-gars that they almost forgot about
-the rewards they had striven so hard for and hoped to win. But finally,
-when the mail arrived from home, they were at once happy and fearful.
-George was with them that evening, and shared their excitement and
-suspense. Hal's letters were from his mother and his sister, and they
-were read first. Judge Ward's letter to Ken was fatherly and
-solicitous, but brief. He gave the boys six more weeks, cautioned them
-to be sensible and to profit by their opportunity, and he inclosed a
-bank-draft. Not a word about rewards!
-
-Ken's fingers trembled a little as he tore open the uncle's letter. He
-read it aloud:
-
-
-DEAR KEN,--Congratulations! You've done well. You win the trip to
-Africa. Hal's work also was good--several specimens accepted by the
-Smithsonian. I'll back you for the Yucatan trip. Will send letters to
-the American consul at Progreso, and arrange for you to meet the
-Austrian archaeologist Maler, who I hope will take you in hand.
-
-I want you to make a study of some of the ruins of Yucatan, which I
-believe are as wonderful as any in Egypt. I advise you to make this
-trip short and to the point, for there are indications of coming
-revolution throughout Mexico.
-
-With best wishes,
- UNCLE G.
-
-
-The old varsity cheer rang out from Ken, and Hal began a war-dance.
-Then both boys pounced upon George, and for a few moments made life
-miserable for him.
-
-"And I can't go with you!" he exclaimed, sorrowfully.
-
-Both Ken and Hal shared his disappointment. But presently. George
-brightened up. The smile came back which he always wore when prophesying
-the uncertain adventures of the future.
-
-"Well, anyway, I'll be safe home. And you fellows! You'll be getting
-yours when you're lost in the wilderness of Yucatan!"
-
-
-
- THE END
-
-
-
-
- * * * * * * * *
-
-
-
-
- _*There's More to Follow!*_
-
-
-More stories of the sort you like; more, probably, by the author of this
-one; more than 500 titles all told by writers of world-wide reputation,
-in the Authors' Alphabetical List which you will find on the _reverse
-side_ of the wrapper of this book. Look it over before you lay it
-aside. There are books here you are sure to want--some, possibly, that
-you have _always_ wanted.
-
-It is a _selected_ list; every book in it has achieved a certain measure
-of success.
-
-The Grosset & Dunlap list is not only the greatest Index of Good Fiction
-available, it represents in addition a generally accepted Standard of
-Value. It will pay you to
-
-_Look on the Other Side of the Wrapper!_
-
-In case the wrapper is lost write to the publishers for a complete
-catalog.
-
-
-
- * * * * * * * *
-
-
-
- *ZANE GREY'S NOVELS*
-
-May be had wherever books are sold. Ask for Grosset and Dunlap's list.
-
-THE CALL OF THE CANYON
-WANDERER OF THE WASTELAND
-TO THE LAST MAN
-THE MYSTERIOUS RIDER
-THE MAN OF THE FOREST
-THE DESERT OF WHEAT
-THE U. P. TRAIL
-WILDFIRE
-THE BORDER LEGION
-THE RAINBOW TRAIL
-THE HERITAGE OF THE DESERT
-RIDERS OF THE PURPLE SAGE
-THE LIGHT OF WESTERN STARS
-THE LAST OF THE PLAINSMEN
-THE LONE STAR RANGER
-DESERT GOLD
-BETTY ZANE
-THE DAY OF THE BEAST
-
-* * * * *
-
-LAST OF THE GREAT SCOUTS
-
-The life story of "Buffalo Bill" by his sister Helen Cody Wetmore, with
-Foreword and conclusion by Zane Grey.
-
-
-
- *ZANE GREY'S BOOKS FOR BOYS*
-
-KEN WARD IN THE JUNGLE
-THE YOUNG LION HUNTER
-THE YOUNG FORESTER
-THE YOUNG PITCHER
-THE SHORT STOP
-THE RED-HEADED OUTFIELD AND OTHER BASEBALL STORIES
-
-
-
- * * * * *
-
-
-
- *NOVELS OF FRONTIER LIFE*
-
- *WILLIAM MACLEOD RAINE*
-
- May be had wherever books are sold. Ask for Grosset & Dunlap's list
-
-BIG-TOWN ROUND-UP, THE
-BRAND BLOTTERS
-BUCKY O'CONNOR
-CROOKED TRAILS AND STRAIGHT
-DAUGHTER OF THE DONS, A
-DESERT'S PRICE, THE
-FIGHTING EDGE, THE
-GUNSIGHT PASS
-HIGHGRADER, THE
-IRONHEART
-MAN FOUR-SQUARE, A
-MAN-SIZE
-MAVERICKS
-OH, YOU TEX!
-PIRATE OF PANAMA, THE
-RIDGWAY OF MONTANA
-SHERIFF'S SON, THE
-STEVE YEAGER
-TANGLED TRAILS
-TEXAS RANGER, A
-VISION SPLENDID, THE
-WYOMING
-YUKON TRAIL, THE
-
-
-
- * * * * *
-
-
-
- *JAMES OLIVER CURWOOD'S*
-
- *STORIES OF ADVENTURE*
-
- May be had wherever books are sold. Ask for Grosset & Dunlap's list
-
-THE COUNTRY BEYOND
-THE FLAMING FOREST
-THE VALLEY OF SILENT MEN
-THE RIVER'S END
-THE GOLDEN SNARE
-NOMADS OF THE NORTH
-KAZAN
-BAREE, SON OF KAZAN
-THE COURAGE OF CAPTAIN PLUM
-THE DANGER TRAIL
-THE HUNTED WOMAN
-THE FLOWER OF THE NORTH
-THE GRIZZLY KING
-ISOBEL
-THE WOLF HUNTERS
-THE GOLD HUNTERS
-THE COURAGE OF MARGE O'DOONE
-BACK TO GOD'S COUNTRY
-
-_Ask for Complete free list of G. & D. Popular Copyrighted Fiction_
-
-
-
- * * * * *
-
-
-
- *EDGAR RICE BURROUGH'S NOVELS*
-
- May be had wherever books are sold. Ask for Grosset and Dunlap's list
-
-BANDIT OF HELL'S BEND, THE
-CAVE GIRL, THE
-LAND THAT TIME FORGOT, THE
-TARZAN AND THE ANT MEN
-TARZAN AND THE GOLDEN LION
-TARZAN THE TERRIBLE
-TARZAN THE UNTAMED
-JUNGLE TALES OF TARZAN
-AT THE EARTH'S CORE
-THE MUCKER
-A PRINCESS OF MARS
-THE GODS OF MARS
-THE WARLORD OF MARS
-THUVIA, MAID OF MARS
-THE CHESSMEN OF MARS
-
-
-
- *GROSSET & DUNLAP, PUBLISHERS, NEW YORK*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KEN WARD IN THE JUNGLE ***
-
-
-
-
-A Word from Project Gutenberg
-
-
-We will update this book if we find any errors.
-
-This book can be found under: http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/45974
-
-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no one
-owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation (and
-you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without permission
-and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth in the
-General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying and
-distributing Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works to protect the
-Project Gutenberg(tm) concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a
-registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks,
-unless you receive specific permission. If you do not charge anything
-for copies of this eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may
-use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
-works, reports, performances and research. They may be modified and
-printed and given away - you may do practically _anything_ with public
-domain eBooks. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
-especially commercial redistribution.
-
-
-
-The Full Project Gutenberg License
-
-
-_Please read this before you distribute or use this work._
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg(tm) mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
-any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg(tm) License available with this file or online at
-http://www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use & Redistributing Project Gutenberg(tm)
-electronic works
-
-
-*1.A.* By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg(tm)
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the
-terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy all
-copies of Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works in your possession. If
-you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg(tm) electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-*1.B.* "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things
-that you can do with most Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works even
-without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph
-1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg(tm) electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-*1.C.* The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of
-Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works. Nearly all the individual works
-in the collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you
-from copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating
-derivative works based on the work as long as all references to Project
-Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the
-Project Gutenberg(tm) mission of promoting free access to electronic
-works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg(tm) works in compliance with
-the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg(tm) name
-associated with the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this
-agreement by keeping this work in the same format with its attached full
-Project Gutenberg(tm) License when you share it without charge with
-others.
-
-
-*1.D.* The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg(tm) work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-*1.E.* Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-*1.E.1.* The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg(tm) License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg(tm) work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
- almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away
- or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License
- included with this eBook or online at http://www.gutenberg.org
-
-*1.E.2.* If an individual Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic work is
-derived from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating
-that it is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can
-be copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying
-any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a
-work with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on
-the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs
-1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
-Project Gutenberg(tm) trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
-1.E.9.
-
-*1.E.3.* If an individual Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic work is
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and
-distribution must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and
-any additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg(tm) License for all works posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
-this work.
-
-*1.E.4.* Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project
-Gutenberg(tm) License terms from this work, or any files containing a
-part of this work or any other work associated with Project
-Gutenberg(tm).
-
-*1.E.5.* Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg(tm) License.
-
-*1.E.6.* You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg(tm) work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg(tm) web site
-(http://www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or
-expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a
-means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include
-the full Project Gutenberg(tm) License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-*1.E.7.* Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg(tm) works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-*1.E.8.* You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works
-provided that
-
- - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg(tm) works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg(tm) trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
- - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg(tm)
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg(tm)
- works.
-
- - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
- - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg(tm) works.
-
-
-*1.E.9.* If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg(tm) electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg(tm) trademark. Contact the
-Foundation as set forth in Section 3. below.
-
-*1.F.*
-
-*1.F.1.* Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg(tm) collection.
-Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works, and the
-medium on which they may be stored, may contain "Defects," such as, but
-not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription
-errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a
-defective or damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer
-codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-*1.F.2.* LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg(tm) trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg(tm) electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees.
-YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY,
-BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN
-PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND
-ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR
-ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
-EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-
-*1.F.3.* LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-*1.F.4.* Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-*1.F.5.* Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-*1.F.6.* INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg(tm)
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg(tm) work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg(tm)
-
-
-Project Gutenberg(tm) is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg(tm)'s
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg(tm) collection will remain
-freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
-permanent future for Project Gutenberg(tm) and future generations. To
-learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and
-how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the
-Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org .
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
-of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
-Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification number is
-64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
-http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf . Contributions to the
-Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the
-full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr.
-S. Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
-throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
-North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
-business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
-information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official page
-at http://www.pglaf.org
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-
-Project Gutenberg(tm) depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where
-we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
-visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
-statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside
-the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways
-including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate,
-please visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
-
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic
-works.
-
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg(tm)
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg(tm) eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg(tm) eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. unless
-a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks
-in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's eBook
-number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII,
-compressed (zipped), HTML and others.
-
-Corrected _editions_ of our eBooks replace the old file and take over
-the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed.
-_Versions_ based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
-new filenames and etext numbers.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
- http://www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg(tm),
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.